]> git.saurik.com Git - apt.git/blob - doc/po/apt-doc.pot
fix 3 typos/omissions in apt.conf(5)
[apt.git] / doc / po / apt-doc.pot
1 # Translation of apt manpages and documentation to LANGUAGE
2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
3 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
4 #
5 #, fuzzy
6 msgid ""
7 msgstr ""
8 "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.1.9\n"
9 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
10 "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-27 22:52+0100\n"
11 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
12 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
13 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
14 "Language: \n"
15 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
16 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
17 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
18
19 #. type: Plain text
20 #: apt.ent:1
21 #, no-wrap
22 msgid ""
23 "<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
24 " <author>\n"
25 " <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
26 " <contrib></contrib>\n"
27 " </author>\n"
28 "\">\n"
29 msgstr ""
30
31 #. type: Plain text
32 #: apt.ent:1
33 #, no-wrap
34 msgid ""
35 "<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
36 "\t<para>\n"
37 "\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
38 "\t</para>\n"
39 "\">\n"
40 msgstr ""
41
42 #. type: Plain text
43 #: apt.ent:1
44 #, no-wrap
45 msgid ""
46 "<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
47 "<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
48 " <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
49 " <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
50 " If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
51 " <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
52 " &reportbug; command.\n"
53 " </para>\n"
54 " </refsect1>\n"
55 "\">\n"
56 msgstr ""
57
58 #. type: Plain text
59 #: apt.ent:1
60 #, no-wrap
61 msgid ""
62 "<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
63 "<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
64 " <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
65 " <para>APT was written by the APT team "
66 "<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
67 " </para>\n"
68 " </refsect1>\n"
69 "\">\n"
70 msgstr ""
71
72 #. type: Plain text
73 #: apt.ent:1
74 #, no-wrap
75 msgid ""
76 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
77 " put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
78 "<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
79 " <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
80 " <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
81 " <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
82 " </para>\n"
83 " </listitem>\n"
84 " </varlistentry>\n"
85 msgstr ""
86
87 #. type: Plain text
88 #: apt.ent:1
89 #, no-wrap
90 msgid ""
91 " <varlistentry>\n"
92 " <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
93 " <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
94 " <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
95 " </para>\n"
96 " </listitem>\n"
97 " </varlistentry>\n"
98 msgstr ""
99
100 #. type: Plain text
101 #: apt.ent:1
102 #, no-wrap
103 msgid ""
104 " <varlistentry>\n"
105 " <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
106 " <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
107 " <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
108 "use. \n"
109 " The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
110 " configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
111 "the\n"
112 " default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
113 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
114 " environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
115 " </para>\n"
116 " </listitem>\n"
117 " </varlistentry>\n"
118 msgstr ""
119
120 #. type: Plain text
121 #: apt.ent:1
122 #, no-wrap
123 msgid ""
124 " <varlistentry>\n"
125 " <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
126 " <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
127 " <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
128 "arbitrary\n"
129 " configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
130 "Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
131 " <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
132 "multiple\n"
133 " times to set different options.\n"
134 " </para>\n"
135 " </listitem>\n"
136 " </varlistentry>\n"
137 "\">\n"
138 msgstr ""
139
140 #. type: Plain text
141 #: apt.ent:1
142 #, no-wrap
143 msgid ""
144 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
145 " put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
146 "<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
147 " <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
148 "the\n"
149 " descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
150 " options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
151 " <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
152 " or several other variations.\n"
153 " </para>\n"
154 "\">\n"
155 msgstr ""
156
157 #. type: Plain text
158 #: apt.ent:1
159 #, no-wrap
160 msgid ""
161 "<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
162 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
163 " <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
164 " Configuration Item: "
165 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
166 " </varlistentry>\n"
167 msgstr ""
168
169 #. type: Plain text
170 #: apt.ent:1
171 #, no-wrap
172 msgid ""
173 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
174 " <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
175 " Configuration Item: "
176 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
177 " </varlistentry>\n"
178 "\">\n"
179 msgstr ""
180
181 #. type: Plain text
182 #: apt.ent:1
183 #, no-wrap
184 msgid ""
185 "<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
186 " <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
187 " <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
188 " Configuration Item: "
189 "<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
190 " </varlistentry>\n"
191 msgstr ""
192
193 #. type: Plain text
194 #: apt.ent:1
195 #, no-wrap
196 msgid ""
197 " "
198 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
199 " <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
200 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
201 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
202 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
203 " </varlistentry>\n"
204 "\">\n"
205 msgstr ""
206
207 #. type: Plain text
208 #: apt.ent:1
209 #, no-wrap
210 msgid ""
211 "<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
212 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
213 " <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
214 " This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
215 " i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
216 " from a separate source\n"
217 " or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
218 " Configuration Item: "
219 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
220 " </varlistentry>\n"
221 msgstr ""
222
223 #. type: Plain text
224 #: apt.ent:1
225 #, no-wrap
226 msgid ""
227 " "
228 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
229 " <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
230 " Configuration Item: "
231 "<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
232 " </varlistentry>\n"
233 "\">\n"
234 msgstr ""
235
236 #. type: Plain text
237 #: apt.ent:1
238 #, no-wrap
239 msgid ""
240 "<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
241 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
242 " <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
243 " Configuration Item: "
244 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
245 " </varlistentry>\n"
246 msgstr ""
247
248 #. type: Plain text
249 #: apt.ent:1
250 #, no-wrap
251 msgid ""
252 " "
253 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
254 " <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
255 " Configuration Item: "
256 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
257 " </varlistentry>\n"
258 "\">\n"
259 msgstr ""
260
261 #. type: Plain text
262 #: apt.ent:1
263 #, no-wrap
264 msgid ""
265 "<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
266 " <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
267 " <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
268 "resource specified in\n"
269 " &sources-list;\n"
270 " Configuration Item: "
271 "<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
272 " </varlistentry>\n"
273 msgstr ""
274
275 #. type: Plain text
276 #: apt.ent:1
277 #, no-wrap
278 msgid ""
279 " "
280 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
281 " <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
282 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
283 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
284 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
285 " </varlistentry>\n"
286 "\">\n"
287 msgstr ""
288
289 #. type: Plain text
290 #: apt.ent:1
291 #, no-wrap
292 msgid ""
293 "<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
294 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
295 " <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
296 "here.\n"
297 " Configuration Item: "
298 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
299 " </varlistentry>\n"
300 msgstr ""
301
302 #. type: Plain text
303 #: apt.ent:1
304 #, no-wrap
305 msgid ""
306 " "
307 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
308 " <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
309 "keyrings can\n"
310 " be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
311 " Configuration Item "
312 "<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
313 " </varlistentry>\n"
314 "\">\n"
315 msgstr ""
316
317 #. type: Plain text
318 #: apt.ent:1
319 #, no-wrap
320 msgid ""
321 "<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
322 " "
323 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
324 " <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
325 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
326 " </para></listitem>\n"
327 " </varlistentry>\n"
328 "\">\n"
329 msgstr ""
330
331 #. type: Plain text
332 #: apt.ent:1
333 #, no-wrap
334 msgid ""
335 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
336 "comparable\n"
337 " to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
338 "uppercase. -->\n"
339 "<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
340 msgstr ""
341
342 #. type: Plain text
343 #: apt.ent:1
344 #, no-wrap
345 msgid ""
346 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
347 "contributed\n"
348 " to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
349 "further information\n"
350 " specially related to your translation. -->\n"
351 "<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
352 " The english translation was done by John Doe "
353 "<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
354 " 2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
355 "with the\n"
356 " Debian Dummy l10n Team "
357 "<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
358 "\">\n"
359 msgstr ""
360
361 #. type: Plain text
362 #: apt.ent:1
363 #, no-wrap
364 msgid ""
365 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
366 "untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
367 " in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
368 "english in\n"
369 " the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
370 "reader that this\n"
371 " is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
372 "least for stable\n"
373 " releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
374 "<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
375 " Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
376 " This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
377 " translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
378 "\">\n"
379 msgstr ""
380
381 #. type: Plain text
382 #: apt.ent:1
383 msgid ""
384 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
385 "e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
386 "\"config_string\">"
387 msgstr ""
388
389 #. type: Plain text
390 #: apt.ent:1
391 msgid ""
392 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
393 "synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
394 msgstr ""
395
396 #. type: Plain text
397 #: apt.ent:1
398 msgid ""
399 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
400 "e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
401 "\"target_release\">"
402 msgstr ""
403
404 #. type: Plain text
405 #: apt.ent:1
406 msgid ""
407 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
408 "synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
409 msgstr ""
410
411 #. type: Plain text
412 #: apt.ent:1
413 msgid ""
414 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
415 "--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
416 msgstr ""
417
418 #. type: Plain text
419 #: apt.ent:1
420 msgid ""
421 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
422 "<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
423 msgstr ""
424
425 #. type: Plain text
426 #: apt.ent:1
427 msgid ""
428 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
429 "pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
430 msgstr ""
431
432 #. type: Plain text
433 #: apt.ent:1
434 msgid ""
435 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
436 "awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
437 msgstr ""
438
439 #. type: Plain text
440 #: apt.ent:1
441 msgid ""
442 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
443 "-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
444 msgstr ""
445
446 #. type: Plain text
447 #: apt.ent:1
448 msgid ""
449 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
450 "e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
451 "\"temporary_directory\">"
452 msgstr ""
453
454 #. type: Plain text
455 #: apt.ent:1
456 msgid ""
457 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
458 "synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
459 msgstr ""
460
461 #. type: Plain text
462 #: apt.ent:1
463 msgid ""
464 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
465 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
466 msgstr ""
467
468 #. type: Plain text
469 #: apt.ent:1
470 msgid ""
471 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
472 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
473 "\"override-file\">"
474 msgstr ""
475
476 #. type: Plain text
477 #: apt.ent:1
478 msgid ""
479 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
480 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
481 "\"pathprefix\">"
482 msgstr ""
483
484 #. type: Plain text
485 #: apt.ent:1
486 msgid ""
487 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
488 "generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
489 msgstr ""
490
491 #. type: Plain text
492 #: apt.ent:1
493 msgid ""
494 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
495 "473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
496 msgstr ""
497
498 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
499 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
500 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
501 msgid "8"
502 msgstr ""
503
504 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
505 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
506 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
507 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
508 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
509 msgid "APT"
510 msgstr ""
511
512 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
513 #: apt.8.xml:1
514 msgid "command-line interface"
515 msgstr ""
516
517 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
518 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
519 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
520 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
521 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
522 msgid "Description"
523 msgstr ""
524
525 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
526 #: apt.8.xml:1
527 msgid ""
528 "<command>apt</command> provides a high-level commandline interface for the "
529 "package management system. It is intended as an end user interface and "
530 "enables some options better suited for interactive usage by default compared "
531 "to more specialized APT tools like &apt-get; and &apt-cache;."
532 msgstr ""
533
534 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
535 #: apt.8.xml:1
536 msgid ""
537 "Much like <command>apt</command> itself, its manpage is intended as an end "
538 "user interface and as such only mentions the most used commands and options "
539 "partly to not duplicate information in multiple places and partly to avoid "
540 "overwhelming readers with a cornucopia of options and details."
541 msgstr ""
542
543 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
544 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
545 msgid "(&apt-get;)"
546 msgstr ""
547
548 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
549 #: apt.8.xml:1
550 msgid ""
551 "<option>update</option> is used to download package information from all "
552 "configured sources. Other commands operate on this data to e.g. perform "
553 "package upgrades or search in and display details about all packages "
554 "available for installation."
555 msgstr ""
556
557 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
558 #: apt.8.xml:1
559 msgid ""
560 "<option>upgrade</option> is used to install available upgrades of all "
561 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources configured via "
562 "&sources-list;. New packages will be installed if required to statisfy "
563 "dependencies, but existing packages will never be removed. If an upgrade for "
564 "a package requires the remove of an installed package the upgrade for this "
565 "package isn't performed."
566 msgstr ""
567
568 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
569 #: apt.8.xml:1
570 msgid ""
571 "<literal>full-upgrade</literal> performs the function of upgrade but will "
572 "remove currently installed packages if this is needed to upgrade the system "
573 "as a whole."
574 msgstr ""
575
576 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
577 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
578 msgid ","
579 msgstr ""
580
581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
582 #: apt.8.xml:1
583 msgid ""
584 "Performs the requested action on one or more packages specified via &regex;, "
585 "&glob; or exact match. The requested action can be overridden for specific "
586 "packages by append a plus (+) to the package name to install this package or "
587 "a minus (-) to remove it."
588 msgstr ""
589
590 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
591 #: apt.8.xml:1
592 msgid ""
593 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
594 "following the package name with an equals (=) and the version of the package "
595 "to select. Alternatively the version from a specific release can be selected "
596 "by following the package name with a forward slash (/) and codename "
597 "(&stable-codename;, &testing-codename;, sid …) or suite name (stable, "
598 "testing, unstable). This will also select versions from this release for "
599 "dependencies of this package if needed to satisfy the request."
600 msgstr ""
601
602 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
603 #: apt.8.xml:1
604 msgid ""
605 "Removing a package removes all packaged data, but leaves usually small "
606 "(modified) user configuration files behind, in case the remove was an "
607 "accident. Just issuing an installation request for the accidentally removed "
608 "package will restore its function as before in that case. On the other hand "
609 "you can get rid of these leftovers by calling <command>purge</command> even "
610 "on already removed packages. Note that this does not affect any data or "
611 "configuration stored in your home directory."
612 msgstr ""
613
614 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
615 #: apt.8.xml:1
616 msgid ""
617 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
618 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
619 "now no longer needed as dependencies changed or the package(s) needing them "
620 "were removed in the meantime."
621 msgstr ""
622
623 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
624 #: apt.8.xml:1
625 msgid ""
626 "You should check that the list does not include applications you have grown "
627 "to like even though they were once installed just as a dependency of another "
628 "package. You can mark such a package as manually installed by using "
629 "&apt-mark;. Packages which you have installed explicitly via "
630 "<command>install</command> are also never proposed for automatic removal."
631 msgstr ""
632
633 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
634 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
635 msgid "(&apt-cache;)"
636 msgstr ""
637
638 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
639 #: apt.8.xml:1
640 msgid ""
641 "<option>search</option> can be used to search for the given &regex; term(s) "
642 "in the list of available packages and display matches. This can e.g. be "
643 "useful if you are looking for packages having a specific feature. If you "
644 "are looking for a package including a specific file try &apt-file;."
645 msgstr ""
646
647 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
648 #: apt.8.xml:1
649 msgid ""
650 "Show information about the given package(s) including its dependencies, "
651 "installation and download size, sources the package is available from, the "
652 "description of the packages content and much more. It can e.g. be helpful to "
653 "look at this information before allowing &apt; to remove a package or while "
654 "searching for new packages to install."
655 msgstr ""
656
657 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
658 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
659 msgid "(work-in-progress)"
660 msgstr ""
661
662 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
663 #: apt.8.xml:1
664 msgid ""
665 "<option>list</option> is somewhat similar to <command>dpkg-query "
666 "--list</command> in that it can display a list of packages satisfying "
667 "certain criteria. It supports &glob; patterns for matching package names as "
668 "well as options to list installed (<option>--installed</option>), "
669 "upgradeable (<option>--upgradeable</option>) or all available "
670 "(<option>--all-versions</option>) versions."
671 msgstr ""
672
673 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
674 #: apt.8.xml:1
675 msgid ""
676 "<literal>edit-sources</literal> lets you edit your &sources-list; files in "
677 "your preferred texteditor while also providing basic sanity checks."
678 msgstr ""
679
680 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
681 #: apt.8.xml:1
682 msgid "Script Usage and Differences from Other APT Tools"
683 msgstr ""
684
685 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
686 #: apt.8.xml:1
687 msgid ""
688 "The &apt; commandline is designed as an end-user tool and it may change "
689 "behavior between versions. While it tries not to break backward "
690 "compatibility this is not guaranteed either if a change seems beneficial for "
691 "interactive use."
692 msgstr ""
693
694 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
695 #: apt.8.xml:1
696 msgid ""
697 "All features of &apt; are available in dedicated APT tools like &apt-get; "
698 "and &apt-cache; as well. &apt; just changes the default value of some "
699 "options (see &apt-conf; and specifically the Binary scope). So you should "
700 "prefer using these commands (potentially with some additional options "
701 "enabled) in your scripts as they keep backward compatibility as much as "
702 "possible."
703 msgstr ""
704
705 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
706 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
707 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
708 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
709 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
710 msgid "See Also"
711 msgstr ""
712
713 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
714 #: apt.8.xml:1
715 msgid ""
716 "&apt-get;, &apt-cache;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, The APT "
717 "User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the APT Howto."
718 msgstr ""
719
720 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
721 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
722 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
723 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
724 msgid "Diagnostics"
725 msgstr ""
726
727 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
728 #: apt.8.xml:1
729 msgid ""
730 "<command>apt</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
731 "error."
732 msgstr ""
733
734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
735 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
736 msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
737 msgstr ""
738
739 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
740 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
741 msgid ""
742 "<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
743 "and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
744 "library. Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
745 "&synaptic; and &wajig;."
746 msgstr ""
747
748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
749 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
750 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
751 msgid ""
752 "Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
753 "one of the commands below must be present."
754 msgstr ""
755
756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
757 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
758 msgid ""
759 "<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
760 "from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
761 "location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. For "
762 "example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
763 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
764 "updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
765 "performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
766 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
767 "meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
768 "advance."
769 msgstr ""
770
771 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
772 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
773 msgid ""
774 "<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
775 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
776 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
777 "with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
778 "circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
779 "already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
780 "installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
781 "status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
782 "<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
783 "<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
784 "available."
785 msgstr ""
786
787 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
788 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
789 msgid ""
790 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
791 "<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
792 "with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
793 "conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
794 "important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary. The "
795 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages. "
796 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
797 "locations from which to retrieve desired package files. See also "
798 "&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
799 "individual packages."
800 msgstr ""
801
802 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
803 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
804 msgid ""
805 "<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
806 "traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
807 "&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
808 "&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
809 "performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
810 "removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
811 msgstr ""
812
813 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
814 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
815 msgid ""
816 "<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
817 "installation or upgrading. Each package is a package name, not a fully "
818 "qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
819 "<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
820 "<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
821 "packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
822 "retrieved and installed. The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
823 "file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
824 "package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
825 "removed if it is installed. Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
826 "a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
827 "decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
828 msgstr ""
829
830 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
831 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
832 msgid ""
833 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
834 "following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
835 "select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
836 "install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
837 "the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
838 "Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
839 msgstr ""
840
841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
842 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
843 msgid ""
844 "Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
845 "used with care."
846 msgstr ""
847
848 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
849 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
850 msgid ""
851 "This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
852 "already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
853 "system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
854 "all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
855 "version of only the package(s) specified. Simply provide the name of the "
856 "package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
857 "its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
858 msgstr ""
859
860 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
861 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
862 msgid ""
863 "Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
864 "installation policy for individual packages."
865 msgstr ""
866
867 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
868 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
869 msgid ""
870 "If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
871 "of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
872 "it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
873 "installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
874 "matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
875 "expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
876 "expression."
877 msgstr ""
878
879 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
880 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
881 msgid ""
882 "<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
883 "that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
884 "leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
885 "the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
886 "installed instead of removed."
887 msgstr ""
888
889 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
890 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
891 msgid ""
892 "<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
893 "that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
894 "too)."
895 msgstr ""
896
897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
898 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
899 msgid ""
900 "<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
901 "packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
902 "package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
903 "the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
904 "default release, set with the option "
905 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
906 "per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
907 msgstr ""
908
909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
910 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
911 msgid ""
912 "Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
913 "<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
914 "you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
915 "from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
916 "source versions or none at all."
917 msgstr ""
918
919 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
920 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
921 msgid ""
922 "If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
923 "be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
924 "the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
925 "option. If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
926 "package will not be unpacked."
927 msgstr ""
928
929 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
930 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
931 msgid ""
932 "A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
933 "with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
934 "for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
935 "name and version, implicitly enabling the "
936 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
937 msgstr ""
938
939 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
940 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
941 msgid ""
942 "Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
943 "<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
944 "downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
945 msgstr ""
946
947 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
948 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
949 msgid ""
950 "<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
951 "attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
952 "the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
953 "host-architecture can be specified with the "
954 "<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
955 msgstr ""
956
957 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
958 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
959 msgid ""
960 "<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
961 "and checks for broken dependencies."
962 msgstr ""
963
964 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
965 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
966 msgid ""
967 "<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
968 "current directory."
969 msgstr ""
970
971 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
972 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
973 msgid ""
974 "<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
975 "package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
976 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
977 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
978 msgstr ""
979
980 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
981 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
982 msgid "(and the"
983 msgstr ""
984
985 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
986 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
987 msgid "alias since 1.1)"
988 msgstr ""
989
990 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
991 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
992 msgid ""
993 "Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
994 "local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
995 "removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
996 "useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
997 "growing out of control. The configuration option "
998 "<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
999 "being erased if it is set to off."
1000 msgstr ""
1001
1002 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1003 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1004 msgid ""
1005 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
1006 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
1007 "now no longer needed."
1008 msgstr ""
1009
1010 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1011 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1012 msgid ""
1013 "<literal>changelog</literal> tries to download the changelog of a package "
1014 "and displays it through <command>sensible-pager</command>. By default it "
1015 "displays the changelog for the version that is installed. However, you can "
1016 "specify the same options as for the <option>install</option> command."
1017 msgstr ""
1018
1019 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1020 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1021 msgid ""
1022 "Displays by default a deb822 formatted listing of information about all data "
1023 "files (aka index targets) <command>apt-get update</command> would "
1024 "download. Supports a <option>--format</option> option to modify the output "
1025 "format as well as accepts lines of the default output to filter the records "
1026 "by. The command is mainly used as an interface for external tools working "
1027 "with APT to get information as well as filenames for downloaded files so "
1028 "they can use them as well instead of downloading them again on their "
1029 "own. Detailed documentation is omitted here and can instead be found in the "
1030 "source tree in "
1031 "<literal><filename>doc/acquire-additional-files.txt</filename></literal>."
1032 msgstr ""
1033
1034 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1035 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
1036 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
1037 msgid "options"
1038 msgstr ""
1039
1040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1041 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1042 msgid ""
1043 "Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing. "
1044 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
1045 msgstr ""
1046
1047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1048 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1049 msgid ""
1050 "Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing. Configuration "
1051 "Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
1052 msgstr ""
1053
1054 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1055 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1056 msgid ""
1057 "Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed. "
1058 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
1059 msgstr ""
1060
1061 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1062 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1063 msgid ""
1064 "Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
1065 "option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
1066 "to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
1067 "completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
1068 "running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
1069 "dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
1070 "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
1071 "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
1072 "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
1073 "may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: "
1074 "<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
1075 msgstr ""
1076
1077 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1078 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1079 msgid ""
1080 "Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
1081 "integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
1082 "packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
1083 "<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
1084 "selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
1085 "line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back. "
1086 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
1087 msgstr ""
1088
1089 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1090 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1091 msgid ""
1092 "Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
1093 "<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
1094 "already downloaded. Configuration Item: "
1095 "<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
1096 msgstr ""
1097
1098 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1099 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1100 msgid ""
1101 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1102 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1103 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
1104 "file. Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
1105 "use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
1106 "may decide to do something you did not expect. Configuration Item: "
1107 "<literal>quiet</literal>."
1108 msgstr ""
1109
1110 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1111 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1112 msgid ""
1113 "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur based on the "
1114 "current system state but do not actually change the system. Locking will be "
1115 "disabled (<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>) so the system state could "
1116 "change while <command>apt-get</command> is running. Simulations can also be "
1117 "executed by non-root users which might not have read access to all apt "
1118 "configuration distorting the simulation. A notice expressing this warning "
1119 "is also shown by default for non-root users "
1120 "(<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>). Configuration Item: "
1121 "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
1122 msgstr ""
1123
1124 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1125 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1126 msgid ""
1127 "Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
1128 "<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
1129 "remove (<literal>Remv</literal>) or unpack "
1130 "(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
1131 "empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
1132 msgstr ""
1133
1134 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1135 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1136 msgid ""
1137 "Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
1138 "non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
1139 "package, trying to install a unauthenticated package or removing an "
1140 "essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort. "
1141 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
1142 msgstr ""
1143
1144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1145 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1146 msgid ""
1147 "Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: "
1148 "<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
1149 msgstr ""
1150
1151 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1152 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1153 msgid ""
1154 "Show upgraded packages; print out a list of all packages that are to be "
1155 "upgraded. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
1156 msgstr ""
1157
1158 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1159 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1160 msgid ""
1161 "Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages. Configuration Item: "
1162 "<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
1163 msgstr ""
1164
1165 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1166 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1167 msgid ""
1168 "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
1169 "<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
1170 "are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
1171 "architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
1172 "<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: "
1173 "<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>."
1174 msgstr ""
1175
1176 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1177 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1178 msgid ""
1179 "This option controls the activated build profiles for which a source package "
1180 "is built by <command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how build "
1181 "dependencies are satisfied. By default no build profile is active. More "
1182 "than one build profile can be activated at a time by concatenating them with "
1183 "a comma. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>."
1184 msgstr ""
1185
1186 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1187 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1188 msgid ""
1189 "Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: "
1190 "<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
1191 msgstr ""
1192
1193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1194 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1195 msgid ""
1196 "Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
1197 "hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
1198 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
1199 "holds. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
1200 msgstr ""
1201
1202 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1203 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1204 msgid ""
1205 "Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
1206 "<literal>upgrade</literal>. This is useful if the update of a installed "
1207 "package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
1208 "package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
1209 "the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
1210 "will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones. Configuration Item: "
1211 "<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
1212 msgstr ""
1213
1214 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1215 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1216 msgid ""
1217 "Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
1218 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
1219 "packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
1220 "installed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
1221 msgstr ""
1222
1223 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1224 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1225 msgid ""
1226 "Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
1227 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
1228 "upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
1229 "new packages. Configuration Item: "
1230 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
1231 msgstr ""
1232
1233 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1234 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1235 msgid ""
1236 "This is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue without prompting "
1237 "if it is doing downgrades. It should not be used except in very special "
1238 "situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! Configuration "
1239 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1240 msgstr ""
1241
1242 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1243 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1244 msgid ""
1245 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1246 "without prompting if it is removing essentials. It should not be used except "
1247 "in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! "
1248 "Configuration Item: "
1249 "<literal>APT::Get::allow-remove-essential</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1250 msgstr ""
1251
1252 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1253 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1254 msgid ""
1255 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1256 "without prompting if it is changing held packages. It should not be used "
1257 "except in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your "
1258 "system! Configuration Item: "
1259 "<literal>APT::Get::allow-change-held-packages</literal>. Introduced in APT "
1260 "1.1."
1261 msgstr ""
1262
1263 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1264 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1265 msgid ""
1266 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1267 "without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
1268 "not be used except in very special situations. Using "
1269 "<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
1270 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>. This is "
1271 "deprecated and replaced by <option>--allow-downgrades</option>, "
1272 "<option>--allow-remove-essential</option>, "
1273 "<option>--allow-change-held-packages</option> in 1.1."
1274 msgstr ""
1275
1276 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1277 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1278 msgid ""
1279 "Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
1280 "will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
1281 "hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
1282 "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
1283 "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
1284 "<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
1285 "is up to the user to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: "
1286 "<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
1287 msgstr ""
1288
1289 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1290 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1291 msgid ""
1292 "Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed. An asterisk "
1293 "(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
1294 "purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
1295 "<option>purge</option> command. Configuration Item: "
1296 "<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
1297 msgstr ""
1298
1299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1300 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1301 msgid ""
1302 "Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version. "
1303 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
1304 msgstr ""
1305
1306 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1307 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1308 msgid ""
1309 "This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
1310 "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
1311 "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
1312 "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you "
1313 "frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: "
1314 "<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
1315 msgstr ""
1316
1317 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1318 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1319 msgid ""
1320 "This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
1321 "default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string. This "
1322 "overrides the general settings in "
1323 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>. Specifically pinned packages are "
1324 "not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
1325 "have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
1326 "from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
1327 "unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>. Configuration Item: "
1328 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
1329 "manual page."
1330 msgstr ""
1331
1332 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1333 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1334 msgid ""
1335 "Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
1336 "related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
1337 "<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
1338 "<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no. Configuration Item: "
1339 "<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
1340 msgstr ""
1341
1342 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1343 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1344 msgid ""
1345 "If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
1346 "prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
1347 msgstr ""
1348
1349 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1350 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1351 msgid ""
1352 "If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
1353 "<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
1354 "<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
1355 "packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
1356 msgstr ""
1357
1358 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1359 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1360 msgid ""
1361 "Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
1362 "<literal>build-dep</literal> commands. Indicates that the given source "
1363 "names are not to be mapped through the binary table. This means that if "
1364 "this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
1365 "names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
1366 "up the corresponding source package. Configuration Item: "
1367 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
1368 msgstr ""
1369
1370 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1371 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1372 msgid ""
1373 "Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive. Configuration "
1374 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
1375 "<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
1376 "<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
1377 msgstr ""
1378
1379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1380 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1381 msgid ""
1382 "Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1383 "<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
1384 msgstr ""
1385
1386 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1387 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1388 msgid ""
1389 "Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it. This "
1390 "can be useful while working with local repositories, but is a huge security "
1391 "risk if data authenticity isn't ensured in another way by the user itself. "
1392 "The usage of the <option>Trusted</option> option for &sources-list; entries "
1393 "should usually be preferred over this global override. Configuration Item: "
1394 "<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
1395 msgstr ""
1396
1397 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1398 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1399 msgid ""
1400 "Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured "
1401 "sources. Apt will fail at the update command for repositories without valid "
1402 "cryptographically signatures. Configuration Item: "
1403 "<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>."
1404 msgstr ""
1405
1406 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1407 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1408 msgid ""
1409 "Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
1410 "are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
1411 "data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory. Configuration "
1412 "Item: <literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> and "
1413 "<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
1414 msgstr ""
1415
1416 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1417 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
1418 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
1419 msgid "Files"
1420 msgstr ""
1421
1422 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1423 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1424 msgid ""
1425 "&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
1426 "&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
1427 "APT Howto."
1428 msgstr ""
1429
1430 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1431 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1432 msgid ""
1433 "<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
1434 "error."
1435 msgstr ""
1436
1437 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1438 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1439 msgid "query the APT cache"
1440 msgstr ""
1441
1442 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1443 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1444 msgid ""
1445 "<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
1446 "package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
1447 "the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
1448 "output from the package metadata. The metadata is acquired and updated via "
1449 "the 'update' command of e.g. <command>apt-get</command>, so that it can be "
1450 "outdated if the last update is too long ago, but in exchange "
1451 "<command>apt-cache</command> works independently of the availability of the "
1452 "configured sources (e.g. offline)."
1453 msgstr ""
1454
1455 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1456 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1457 msgid ""
1458 "<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
1459 "implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
1460 msgstr ""
1461
1462 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1463 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
1464 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
1465 msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
1466 msgstr ""
1467
1468 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1469 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1470 msgid ""
1471 "<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
1472 "the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
1473 "versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
1474 "as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal) dependencies are "
1475 "those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
1476 "dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
1477 "question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
1478 "reverse dependencies need not be. For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
1479 "libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
1480 msgstr ""
1481
1482 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
1483 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1484 #, no-wrap
1485 msgid ""
1486 "Package: libreadline2\n"
1487 "Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
1488 "Reverse Depends: \n"
1489 " libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
1490 " libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
1491 "Dependencies:\n"
1492 "2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
1493 "Provides:\n"
1494 "2.1-12 - \n"
1495 "Reverse Provides: \n"
1496 msgstr ""
1497
1498 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1499 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1500 msgid ""
1501 "Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
1502 "ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work. In turn, "
1503 "libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
1504 "libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
1505 "installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
1506 "installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
1507 "best to consult the apt source code."
1508 msgstr ""
1509
1510 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1511 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1512 msgid ""
1513 "<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache. No "
1514 "further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
1515 msgstr ""
1516
1517 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1518 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1519 msgid ""
1520 "<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
1521 "in the cache."
1522 msgstr ""
1523
1524 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1525 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1526 msgid ""
1527 "<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
1528 "package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
1529 "between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
1530 "dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
1531 msgstr ""
1532
1533 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1534 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1535 msgid ""
1536 "<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1537 "exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
1538 "virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
1539 "\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
1540 "several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
1541 "named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
1542 msgstr ""
1543
1544 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1545 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1546 msgid ""
1547 "<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
1548 "only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
1549 "Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
1550 "package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
1551 msgstr ""
1552
1553 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1554 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1555 msgid ""
1556 "<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1557 "either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
1558 "as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
1559 "an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
1560 msgstr ""
1561
1562 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1563 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1564 msgid ""
1565 "<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
1566 "referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
1567 "packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
1568 "package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
1569 "they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
1570 msgstr ""
1571
1572 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1573 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1574 msgid ""
1575 "<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
1576 "found in the cache. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
1577 "instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
1578 "larger than the number of total package names."
1579 msgstr ""
1580
1581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1582 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1583 msgid ""
1584 "<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
1585 "relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
1586 msgstr ""
1587
1588 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1589 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1590 msgid ""
1591 "<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
1592 "match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
1593 "records that declare the name to be a binary package. Use "
1594 "<option>--only-source</option> to display only source package names."
1595 msgstr ""
1596
1597 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1598 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1599 msgid ""
1600 "<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
1601 "cache. It is primarily for debugging."
1602 msgstr ""
1603
1604 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1605 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1606 msgid ""
1607 "<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
1608 "suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
1609 msgstr ""
1610
1611 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1612 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1613 msgid ""
1614 "<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
1615 "package cache."
1616 msgstr ""
1617
1618 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1619 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1620 msgid ""
1621 "<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
1622 "--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
1623 "packages."
1624 msgstr ""
1625
1626 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1627 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1628 msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
1629 msgstr ""
1630
1631 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1632 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1633 msgid ""
1634 "<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
1635 "package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;. It searches "
1636 "the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
1637 "expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
1638 "including virtual package names. If <option>--full</option> is given then "
1639 "output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
1640 "package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
1641 "description is not searched, only the package name and provided packages "
1642 "are."
1643 msgstr ""
1644
1645 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1646 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1647 msgid ""
1648 "Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
1649 "and'ed together."
1650 msgstr ""
1651
1652 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1653 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1654 msgid ""
1655 "<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
1656 "and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
1657 msgstr ""
1658
1659 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1660 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1661 msgid ""
1662 "<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
1663 "package has."
1664 msgstr ""
1665
1666 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1667 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1668 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
1669 msgstr ""
1670
1671 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1672 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1673 msgid ""
1674 "This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
1675 "argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
1676 "for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
1677 "extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
1678 "<option>--generate</option> option."
1679 msgstr ""
1680
1681 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1682 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1683 msgid ""
1684 "Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
1685 "download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
1686 "the generated list."
1687 msgstr ""
1688
1689 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1690 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1691 msgid ""
1692 "<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
1693 "generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
1694 "url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
1695 "package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
1696 "relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
1697 "out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph. To limit "
1698 "the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
1699 "<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
1700 msgstr ""
1701
1702 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1703 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1704 msgid ""
1705 "The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
1706 "pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
1707 "missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
1708 "packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
1709 msgstr ""
1710
1711 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1712 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1713 msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
1714 msgstr ""
1715
1716 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1717 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1718 msgid ""
1719 "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
1720 "url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
1721 "tool</ulink>."
1722 msgstr ""
1723
1724 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1725 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1726 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
1727 msgstr ""
1728
1729 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1730 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1731 msgid ""
1732 "<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
1733 "preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
1734 "source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
1735 "selection of the named package."
1736 msgstr ""
1737
1738 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1739 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1740 msgid ""
1741 "<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
1742 "to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
1743 "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available "
1744 "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original "
1745 "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
1746 "architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
1747 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
1748 msgstr ""
1749
1750 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1751 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1752 msgid ""
1753 "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
1754 "cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: "
1755 "<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
1756 msgstr ""
1757
1758 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1759 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1760 msgid ""
1761 "Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
1762 "<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
1763 "information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
1764 "cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files. Configuration "
1765 "Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
1766 msgstr ""
1767
1768 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1769 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1770 msgid ""
1771 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1772 "More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1773 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
1774 "configuration file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
1775 msgstr ""
1776
1777 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1778 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1779 msgid ""
1780 "Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
1781 "<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
1782 "be printed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
1783 msgstr ""
1784
1785 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1786 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1787 msgid ""
1788 "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> "
1789 "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
1790 "the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: "
1791 "<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
1792 "e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
1793 msgstr ""
1794
1795 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1796 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1797 msgid ""
1798 "Per default <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> print "
1799 "only dependencies explicitly expressed in the metadata. With this flag it "
1800 "will also show dependencies implicitely added based on the encountered "
1801 "data. A <literal>Conflicts: foo</literal> e.g. expresses implicitely that "
1802 "this package also conflicts with the package foo from any other "
1803 "architecture. Configuration Item: "
1804 "<literal>APT::Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>."
1805 msgstr ""
1806
1807 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1808 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1809 msgid ""
1810 "Print full package records when searching. Configuration Item: "
1811 "<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
1812 msgstr ""
1813
1814 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1815 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1816 msgid ""
1817 "Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
1818 "it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>. If "
1819 "<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
1820 "will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation). This "
1821 "option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command. "
1822 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
1823 msgstr ""
1824
1825 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1826 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1827 msgid ""
1828 "Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
1829 "it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
1830 "<option>--no-generate</option>. Configuration Item: "
1831 "<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
1832 msgstr ""
1833
1834 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1835 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1836 msgid ""
1837 "Only search on the package and provided package names, not the long "
1838 "descriptions. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
1839 msgstr ""
1840
1841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1842 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1843 msgid ""
1844 "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
1845 "and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1846 "<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
1847 msgstr ""
1848
1849 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1850 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1851 msgid ""
1852 "Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
1853 "that all packages mentioned are printed once. Configuration Item: "
1854 "<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
1855 msgstr ""
1856
1857 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1858 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1859 msgid ""
1860 "Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
1861 "<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed. "
1862 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
1863 msgstr ""
1864
1865 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1866 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1867 msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
1868 msgstr ""
1869
1870 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1871 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1872 msgid ""
1873 "<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
1874 "on error."
1875 msgstr ""
1876
1877 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1878 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1879 msgid "APT key management utility"
1880 msgstr ""
1881
1882 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1883 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1884 msgid ""
1885 "<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
1886 "authenticate packages. Packages which have been authenticated using these "
1887 "keys will be considered trusted."
1888 msgstr ""
1889
1890 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1891 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1892 msgid "Commands"
1893 msgstr ""
1894
1895 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1896 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1897 msgid ""
1898 "Add a new key to the list of trusted keys. The key is read from the "
1899 "filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
1900 "filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
1901 msgstr ""
1902
1903 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1904 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1905 msgid ""
1906 "It is critical that keys added manually via <command>apt-key</command> are "
1907 "verified to belong to the owner of the repositories they claim to be for "
1908 "otherwise the &apt-secure; infrastructure is completely undermined."
1909 msgstr ""
1910
1911 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1912 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1913 msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
1914 msgstr ""
1915
1916 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1917 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1918 msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
1919 msgstr ""
1920
1921 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1922 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1923 msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
1924 msgstr ""
1925
1926 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1927 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1928 msgid "List trusted keys."
1929 msgstr ""
1930
1931 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1932 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1933 msgid "List fingerprints of trusted keys."
1934 msgstr ""
1935
1936 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1937 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1938 msgid ""
1939 "Pass advanced options to gpg. With <command>adv --recv-key</command> you can "
1940 "e.g. download key from keyservers directly into the the trusted set of "
1941 "keys. Note that there are <emphasis>no</emphasis> checks performed, so it is "
1942 "easy to completely undermine the &apt-secure; infrastructure if used without "
1943 "care."
1944 msgstr ""
1945
1946 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1947 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1948 msgid ""
1949 "Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
1950 "keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid. The archive keyring is "
1951 "shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
1952 "distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
1953 msgstr ""
1954
1955 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1956 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1957 msgid ""
1958 "Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
1959 "above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
1960 "against a master key. This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
1961 "configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate. "
1962 "APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
1963 "<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
1964 msgstr ""
1965
1966 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1967 #: apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
1968 msgid "Options"
1969 msgstr ""
1970
1971 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1972 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1973 msgid ""
1974 "Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
1975 "previous section."
1976 msgstr ""
1977
1978 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1979 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1980 msgid ""
1981 "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
1982 "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
1983 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
1984 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
1985 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
1986 "e.g. new keys are added to this one."
1987 msgstr ""
1988
1989 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1990 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1991 msgid "<filename>/etc/apt/trustdb.gpg</filename>"
1992 msgstr ""
1993
1994 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1995 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1996 msgid "Local trust database of archive keys."
1997 msgstr ""
1998
1999 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
2000 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2001 msgid "&keyring-filename;"
2002 msgstr ""
2003
2004 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2005 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2006 msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive trusted keys."
2007 msgstr ""
2008
2009 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
2010 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2011 msgid "&keyring-removed-filename;"
2012 msgstr ""
2013
2014 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2015 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2016 msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive removed trusted keys."
2017 msgstr ""
2018
2019 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2020 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2021 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
2022 msgstr ""
2023
2024 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2025 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2026 msgid "show, set and unset various settings for a package"
2027 msgstr ""
2028
2029 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2030 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2031 msgid ""
2032 "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set "
2033 "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being "
2034 "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> "
2035 "selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected "
2036 "e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or "
2037 "<command>aptitude</command>."
2038 msgstr ""
2039
2040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2041 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2042 msgid "Automatically and Manually Installed Packages"
2043 msgstr ""
2044
2045 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2046 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2047 msgid ""
2048 "When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
2049 "are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
2050 "being automatically installed, while the package you installed explicitly is "
2051 "marked as manually installed. Once an automatically installed package is no "
2052 "longer depended on by any manually installed package it is considered no "
2053 "longer needed and e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or "
2054 "<command>aptitude</command> will at least suggest removing them."
2055 msgstr ""
2056
2057 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2058 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2059 msgid ""
2060 "<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
2061 "installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
2062 "installed packages depend on this package."
2063 msgstr ""
2064
2065 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2066 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2067 msgid ""
2068 "<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
2069 "installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
2070 "if no other packages depend on it."
2071 msgstr ""
2072
2073 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2074 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2075 msgid ""
2076 "<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
2077 "installed packages with each package on a new line. All automatically "
2078 "installed packages will be listed if no package is given. If packages are "
2079 "given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
2080 msgstr ""
2081
2082 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2083 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2084 msgid ""
2085 "<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
2086 "<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
2087 "installed packages instead."
2088 msgstr ""
2089
2090 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2091 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2092 msgid ""
2093 "Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
2094 "&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
2095 "<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
2096 "Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
2097 msgstr ""
2098
2099 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2100 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2101 msgid "Prevent Changes for a Package"
2102 msgstr ""
2103
2104 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2105 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2106 msgid ""
2107 "<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
2108 "prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or removed."
2109 msgstr ""
2110
2111 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2112 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2113 msgid ""
2114 "<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
2115 "package to allow all actions again."
2116 msgstr ""
2117
2118 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2119 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2120 msgid ""
2121 "<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
2122 "the same way as for the other show commands."
2123 msgstr ""
2124
2125 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2126 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2127 msgid "Schedule Packages for Install, Remove and Purge"
2128 msgstr ""
2129
2130 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2131 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2132 msgid ""
2133 "Some front-ends like <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> can be used "
2134 "to apply previously scheduled changes to the install state of packages. Such "
2135 "changes can be scheduled with the <option>install</option>, "
2136 "<option>remove</option> (also known as <option>deinstall</option>) and "
2137 "<option>purge</option> commands. Packages with a specific selection can be "
2138 "displayed with <option>showinstall</option>, <option>showremove</option> and "
2139 "<option>showpurge</option> respectively. More information about these so "
2140 "called dpkg selections can be found in &dpkg;."
2141 msgstr ""
2142
2143 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2144 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2145 msgid ""
2146 "<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
2147 "error."
2148 msgstr ""
2149
2150 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2151 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2152 msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
2153 msgstr ""
2154
2155 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2156 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2157 msgid ""
2158 "Starting with version 0.6, <command>APT</command> contains code that does "
2159 "signature checking of the Release file for all repositories. This ensures "
2160 "that data like packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have "
2161 "no access to the Release file signing key."
2162 msgstr ""
2163
2164 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2165 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2166 msgid ""
2167 "If an archive has an unsigned Release file or no Release file at all current "
2168 "APT versions will raise a warning in <command>update</command> operations "
2169 "and front-ends like <command>apt-get</command> will require explicit "
2170 "confirmation if an installation request includes a package from such an "
2171 "unauthenticated archive."
2172 msgstr ""
2173
2174 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2175 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2176 msgid ""
2177 "In the future APT will refuse to work with unauthenticated repositories by "
2178 "default until support for them is removed entirely. Users have the option to "
2179 "opt-in to this behavior already by setting the configuration option "
2180 "<option>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
2181 "<literal>false</literal>."
2182 msgstr ""
2183
2184 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2185 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2186 msgid ""
2187 "Note: All APT-based package management front-ends like &apt-get;, &aptitude; "
2188 "and &synaptic; support this authentication feature, so this manpage uses "
2189 "<literal>APT</literal> to refer to them all for simplicity only."
2190 msgstr ""
2191
2192 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2193 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2194 msgid "Trusted Repositories"
2195 msgstr ""
2196
2197 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2198 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2199 msgid ""
2200 "The chain of trust from an APT archive to the end user is made up of several "
2201 "steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
2202 "trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
2203 "malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
2204 "archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
2205 "is preserved."
2206 msgstr ""
2207
2208 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2209 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2210 msgid ""
2211 "apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
2212 "tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
2213 "<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
2214 "packages respectively)."
2215 msgstr ""
2216
2217 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2218 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2219 msgid ""
2220 "The chain of trust in Debian starts (e.g.) when a maintainer uploads a new "
2221 "package or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to "
2222 "become effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in one "
2223 "of the Debian package maintainer keyrings (available in the debian-keyring "
2224 "package). Maintainers' keys are signed by other maintainers following "
2225 "pre-established procedures to ensure the identity of the key holder. Similar "
2226 "procedures exist in all Debian-based distributions."
2227 msgstr ""
2228
2229 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2230 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2231 msgid ""
2232 "Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
2233 "maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
2234 "computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
2235 "files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
2236 "then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
2237 "distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
2238 "&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
2239 "keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
2240 msgstr ""
2241
2242 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2243 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2244 msgid ""
2245 "End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
2246 "a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
2247 "downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
2248 msgstr ""
2249
2250 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2251 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2252 msgid ""
2253 "Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
2254 "basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
2255 msgstr ""
2256
2257 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2258 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2259 msgid ""
2260 "<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
2261 "checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
2262 "download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
2263 "network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
2264 "server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
2265 msgstr ""
2266
2267 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2268 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2269 msgid ""
2270 "<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>. Without signature checking, a "
2271 "malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
2272 "propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
2273 "host."
2274 msgstr ""
2275
2276 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2277 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2278 msgid ""
2279 "However, it does not defend against a compromise of the master server itself "
2280 "(which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to sign "
2281 "the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a per-package "
2282 "signature."
2283 msgstr ""
2284
2285 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2286 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2287 msgid "User Configuration"
2288 msgstr ""
2289
2290 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2291 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2292 msgid ""
2293 "<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
2294 "by APT to trust repositories. It can be used to add or remove keys as well "
2295 "as list the trusted keys. Limiting which key(s) are able to sign which "
2296 "archive is possible via the <option>Signed-By</option> in &sources-list;."
2297 msgstr ""
2298
2299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2300 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2301 msgid ""
2302 "Note that a default installation already contains all keys to securely "
2303 "acquire packages from the default repositories, so fiddling with "
2304 "<command>apt-key</command> is only needed if third-party repositories are "
2305 "added."
2306 msgstr ""
2307
2308 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2309 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2310 msgid ""
2311 "In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
2312 "sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
2313 "it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
2314 "update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
2315 "<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
2316 "from the archives you have configured."
2317 msgstr ""
2318
2319 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2320 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2321 msgid "Archive Configuration"
2322 msgstr ""
2323
2324 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2325 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2326 msgid ""
2327 "If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
2328 "maintenance you have to:"
2329 msgstr ""
2330
2331 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2332 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2333 msgid ""
2334 "<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
2335 "already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
2336 "release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
2337 msgstr ""
2338
2339 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2340 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2341 msgid ""
2342 "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
2343 "--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
2344 "Release.gpg Release</command>."
2345 msgstr ""
2346
2347 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2348 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2349 msgid ""
2350 "<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, so that your users will "
2351 "know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
2352 "archive. It is best to ship your key in its own keyring package like "
2353 "&keyring-distro; does with &keyring-package; to be able to distribute "
2354 "updates and key transitions automatically later."
2355 msgstr ""
2356
2357 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2358 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2359 msgid ""
2360 "<emphasis>Provide instructions on how to add your archive and "
2361 "key</emphasis>. If your users can't acquire your key securely the chain of "
2362 "trust described above is broken. How you can help users add your key "
2363 "depends on your archive and target audience ranging from having your keyring "
2364 "package included in another archive users already have configured (like the "
2365 "default repositories of their distribution) to leveraging the web of trust."
2366 msgstr ""
2367
2368 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2369 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2370 msgid ""
2371 "Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
2372 "removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
2373 "above."
2374 msgstr ""
2375
2376 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2377 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2378 msgid ""
2379 "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
2380 "&debsign;, &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
2381 msgstr ""
2382
2383 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2384 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2385 msgid ""
2386 "For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
2387 "url=\"https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
2388 "Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual (also "
2389 "available in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
2390 "url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
2391 "Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
2392 msgstr ""
2393
2394 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2395 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2396 msgid "Manpage Authors"
2397 msgstr ""
2398
2399 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2400 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2401 msgid ""
2402 "This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
2403 "Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
2404 msgstr ""
2405
2406 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2407 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2408 msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
2409 msgstr ""
2410
2411 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2412 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2413 msgid ""
2414 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
2415 "available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
2416 "the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
2417 "mis-burns and verifying the index files."
2418 msgstr ""
2419
2420 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2421 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2422 msgid ""
2423 "It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
2424 "system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
2425 "must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
2426 msgstr ""
2427
2428 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2429 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2430 msgid ""
2431 "<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
2432 "unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
2433 "to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
2434 "<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
2435 "title."
2436 msgstr ""
2437
2438 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2439 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2440 msgid ""
2441 "APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
2442 "maintains a database of these IDs in "
2443 "<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
2444 msgstr ""
2445
2446 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2447 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2448 msgid ""
2449 "A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
2450 "stored file name"
2451 msgstr ""
2452
2453 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2454 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2455 msgid ""
2456 "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
2457 "<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: "
2458 "<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
2459 msgstr ""
2460
2461 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2462 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2463 msgid ""
2464 "Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
2465 "be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured. "
2466 "Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
2467 msgstr ""
2468
2469 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2470 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2471 msgid ""
2472 "Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
2473 "label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
2474 "new label. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
2475 msgstr ""
2476
2477 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2478 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2479 msgid ""
2480 "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
2481 "unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: "
2482 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
2483 msgstr ""
2484
2485 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2486 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2487 msgid ""
2488 "Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
2489 "package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
2490 "been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors. Configuration "
2491 "Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
2492 msgstr ""
2493
2494 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2495 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2496 msgid ""
2497 "Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
2498 "1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
2499 "longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
2500 msgstr ""
2501
2502 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2503 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2504 msgid ""
2505 "No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
2506 "files. Everything is still checked however. Configuration Item: "
2507 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
2508 msgstr ""
2509
2510 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2511 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2512 msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
2513 msgstr ""
2514
2515 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2516 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2517 msgid ""
2518 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2519 "on error."
2520 msgstr ""
2521
2522 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2523 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2524 msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
2525 msgstr ""
2526
2527 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2528 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2529 msgid ""
2530 "<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
2531 "portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
2532 "the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
2533 "manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
2534 msgstr ""
2535
2536 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2537 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2538 msgid ""
2539 "shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
2540 "script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
2541 "the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
2542 "assignment commands for each value present. In a shell script it should be "
2543 "used as follows:"
2544 msgstr ""
2545
2546 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
2547 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2548 #, no-wrap
2549 msgid ""
2550 "OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
2551 "RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
2552 "eval $RES\n"
2553 msgstr ""
2554
2555 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2556 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2557 msgid ""
2558 "This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
2559 "MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
2560 msgstr ""
2561
2562 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2563 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2564 msgid ""
2565 "The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
2566 "names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
2567 "integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
2568 msgstr ""
2569
2570 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2571 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2572 msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
2573 msgstr ""
2574
2575 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2576 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2577 msgid ""
2578 "Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
2579 "--no-empty to remove them from the output."
2580 msgstr ""
2581
2582 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
2583 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2584 msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
2585 msgstr ""
2586
2587 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2588 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2589 msgid ""
2590 "Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
2591 "its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
2592 "with its value. Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
2593 "will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
2594 "as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
2595 "and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
2596 msgstr ""
2597
2598 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2599 #: apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
2600 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
2601 msgid "&apt-conf;"
2602 msgstr ""
2603
2604 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2605 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2606 msgid ""
2607 "<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2608 "on error."
2609 msgstr ""
2610
2611 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
2612 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2613 msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
2614 msgstr ""
2615
2616 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
2617 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2618 msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
2619 msgstr ""
2620
2621 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
2622 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
2623 msgid "5"
2624 msgstr ""
2625
2626 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2627 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2628 msgid "Configuration file for APT"
2629 msgstr ""
2630
2631 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2632 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2633 msgid ""
2634 "<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
2635 "by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
2636 "only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
2637 "parser to provide a uniform environment."
2638 msgstr ""
2639
2640 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
2641 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2642 msgid ""
2643 "When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
2644 "following order:"
2645 msgstr ""
2646
2647 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2648 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2649 msgid ""
2650 "the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
2651 "any)"
2652 msgstr ""
2653
2654 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2655 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2656 msgid ""
2657 "all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
2658 "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
2659 "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
2660 "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
2661 "ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
2662 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
2663 "case it will be silently ignored."
2664 msgstr ""
2665
2666 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2667 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2668 msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
2669 msgstr ""
2670
2671 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2672 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2673 msgid ""
2674 "all options set in the binary specific configuration subtree are moved into "
2675 "the root of the tree."
2676 msgstr ""
2677
2678 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2679 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2680 msgid ""
2681 "the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
2682 "directives or to load even more configuration files."
2683 msgstr ""
2684
2685 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2686 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2687 msgid "Syntax"
2688 msgstr ""
2689
2690 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2691 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2692 msgid ""
2693 "The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
2694 "functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
2695 "notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
2696 "within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
2697 "their parent groups."
2698 msgstr ""
2699
2700 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2701 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2702 msgid ""
2703 "Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
2704 "such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
2705 "treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
2706 "<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments. "
2707 "Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. "
2708 "The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required. The value must be "
2709 "on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation. Values must not "
2710 "include backslashes or extra quotation marks. Option names are made up of "
2711 "alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\". A new scope can be "
2712 "opened with curly braces, like this:"
2713 msgstr ""
2714
2715 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2716 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2717 #, no-wrap
2718 msgid ""
2719 "APT {\n"
2720 " Get {\n"
2721 " Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
2722 " Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
2723 " };\n"
2724 "};\n"
2725 msgstr ""
2726
2727 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2728 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2729 msgid ""
2730 "with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
2731 "opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
2732 "a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
2733 msgstr ""
2734
2735 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2736 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2737 #, no-wrap
2738 msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
2739 msgstr ""
2740
2741 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2742 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2743 msgid ""
2744 "In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
2745 "for how it should look."
2746 msgstr ""
2747
2748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2749 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2750 msgid ""
2751 "Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
2752 "example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
2753 msgstr ""
2754
2755 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2756 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2757 msgid ""
2758 "Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
2759 "be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
2760 "you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
2761 "list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
2762 "any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
2763 msgstr ""
2764
2765 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2766 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2767 msgid ""
2768 "Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
2769 "deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
2770 "<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
2771 "given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
2772 "directory is included. <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
2773 "the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
2774 "erased. (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
2775 msgstr ""
2776
2777 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2778 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2779 msgid ""
2780 "The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
2781 "complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
2782 "an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
2783 "previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
2784 "new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
2785 msgstr ""
2786
2787 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2788 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2789 msgid ""
2790 "All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
2791 "configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
2792 "full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
2793 "followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
2794 "element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
2795 "list. (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
2796 "line.)"
2797 msgstr ""
2798
2799 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2800 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2801 msgid ""
2802 "Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
2803 "for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
2804 "the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
2805 "syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
2806 "on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
2807 "like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
2808 "thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
2809 "syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
2810 "the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
2811 "used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
2812 "encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
2813 "doesn't explicitly complain about them."
2814 msgstr ""
2815
2816 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2817 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2818 msgid "The APT Group"
2819 msgstr ""
2820
2821 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2822 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2823 msgid ""
2824 "This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
2825 "options for all of the tools."
2826 msgstr ""
2827
2828 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2829 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2830 msgid ""
2831 "System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
2832 "parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
2833 "compiled for."
2834 msgstr ""
2835
2836 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2837 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2838 msgid ""
2839 "All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
2840 "<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>) "
2841 "instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
2842 "<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
2843 "is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
2844 "is always the system's native architecture "
2845 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
2846 "to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
2847 "--add-architecture</command>."
2848 msgstr ""
2849
2850 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2851 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2852 msgid ""
2853 "List of all build profiles enabled for build-dependency resolution, without "
2854 "the \"<literal>profile.</literal>\" namespace prefix. By default this list "
2855 "is empty. The <envar>DEB_BUILD_PROFILES</envar> as used by "
2856 "&dpkg-buildpackage; overrides the list notation."
2857 msgstr ""
2858
2859 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2860 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2861 msgid ""
2862 "Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
2863 "available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
2864 "'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&stable-codename;', '&testing-codename;', "
2865 "'4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
2866 msgstr ""
2867
2868 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2869 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2870 msgid ""
2871 "Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
2872 "ignore held packages in its decision making."
2873 msgstr ""
2874
2875 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2876 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2877 msgid ""
2878 "Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
2879 "packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
2880 "then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
2881 "but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
2882 msgstr ""
2883
2884 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2885 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2886 msgid ""
2887 "Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
2888 "packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
2889 "limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
2890 "treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
2891 "unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
2892 "unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
2893 "these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
2894 "scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
2895 "A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
2896 "longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
2897 msgstr ""
2898
2899 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2900 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2901 msgid ""
2902 "The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
2903 "problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
2904 "immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
2905 "to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
2906 "configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
2907 "temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed. Note "
2908 "the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
2909 "rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
2910 "by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
2911 "already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
2912 "scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
2913 "the first place."
2914 msgstr ""
2915
2916 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2917 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2918 msgid ""
2919 "Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
2920 "option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
2921 "package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
2922 "also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
2923 "buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
2924 "process."
2925 msgstr ""
2926
2927 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2928 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2929 msgid ""
2930 "Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
2931 "you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
2932 "break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
2933 "essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
2934 "bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
2935 "<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
2936 "<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
2937 "packages depend on."
2938 msgstr ""
2939
2940 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2941 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2942 msgid ""
2943 "APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
2944 "the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
2945 "the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
2946 "will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
2947 "that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
2948 "likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
2949 "be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
2950 "increased. <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
2951 "of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
2952 "the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
2953 "value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
2954 "to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
2955 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>. The default of "
2956 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit. If "
2957 "<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
2958 "is disabled."
2959 msgstr ""
2960
2961 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2962 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2963 msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
2964 msgstr ""
2965
2966 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2967 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2968 msgid ""
2969 "The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
2970 "for more information about the options here."
2971 msgstr ""
2972
2973 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2974 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2975 msgid ""
2976 "The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
2977 "documentation for more information about the options here."
2978 msgstr ""
2979
2980 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2981 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2982 msgid ""
2983 "The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
2984 "documentation for more information about the options here."
2985 msgstr ""
2986
2987 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2988 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2989 msgid "The Acquire Group"
2990 msgstr ""
2991
2992 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2993 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2994 msgid ""
2995 "The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
2996 "packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
2997 "download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
2998 msgstr ""
2999
3000 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3001 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3002 msgid ""
3003 "Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
3004 "validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
3005 "and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
3006 "updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
3007 "user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
3008 "the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
3009 "value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
3010 "used. The <option>Check-Valid-Until</option> option of &sources-list; "
3011 "entries should be preferred to disable the check selectively instead of "
3012 "using this global override."
3013 msgstr ""
3014
3015 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3016 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3017 msgid ""
3018 "Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
3019 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
3020 "should be considered valid. If the Release file itself includes a "
3021 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
3022 "the expiration date. The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
3023 "for \"valid forever\". Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
3024 "the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the same can be "
3025 "achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
3026 "<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> option there."
3027 msgstr ""
3028
3029 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3030 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3031 msgid ""
3032 "Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
3033 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
3034 "should be considered valid. Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
3035 "(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
3036 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
3037 "expiration date checking. Archive specific settings can and should be used "
3038 "by appending the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the "
3039 "same can be achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
3040 "<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> option there."
3041 msgstr ""
3042
3043 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3044 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3045 msgid ""
3046 "Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
3047 "<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
3048 "by default. Preferably, this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries "
3049 "or index files by using the <option>PDiffs</option> option there."
3050 msgstr ""
3051
3052 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3053 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3054 msgid ""
3055 "Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
3056 "<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
3057 "PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
3058 "file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
3059 "percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
3060 "file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
3061 "instead of the patches."
3062 msgstr ""
3063
3064 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3065 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3066 msgid ""
3067 "Try to download indexes via an URI constructed from a hashsum of the "
3068 "expected file rather than downloaded via a well-known stable filename. True "
3069 "by default, but automatically disabled if the source indicates no support "
3070 "for it. Usage can be forced with the special value \"force\". Preferably, "
3071 "this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries or index files by using "
3072 "the <option>By-Hash</option> option there."
3073 msgstr ""
3074
3075 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3076 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3077 msgid ""
3078 "Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
3079 "<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
3080 "APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
3081 "one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
3082 "means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
3083 msgstr ""
3084
3085 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3086 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3087 msgid ""
3088 "Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
3089 "files the given number of times."
3090 msgstr ""
3091
3092 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3093 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3094 msgid ""
3095 "Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
3096 "be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
3097 msgstr ""
3098
3099 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3100 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3101 msgid ""
3102 "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP "
3103 "URIs. It is in the standard form of "
3104 "<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies "
3105 "can also be specified by using the form "
3106 "<literal>http::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3107 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3108 "settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment variable will "
3109 "be used."
3110 msgstr ""
3111
3112 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3113 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3114 msgid ""
3115 "Three settings are provided for cache control with HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy "
3116 "caches. <literal>No-Cache</literal> tells the proxy not to use its cached "
3117 "response under any circumstances. <literal>Max-Age</literal> sets the "
3118 "allowed maximum age (in seconds) of an index file in the cache of the "
3119 "proxy. <literal>No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not "
3120 "store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent "
3121 "the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
3122 msgstr ""
3123
3124 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3125 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt.conf.5.xml:1
3126 msgid ""
3127 "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
3128 "method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
3129 msgstr ""
3130
3131 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3132 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3133 msgid ""
3134 "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
3135 "enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
3136 "e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
3137 "a pipeline. APT tries to detect and workaround misbehaving webservers and "
3138 "proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the "
3139 "HTTP/1.1 specification pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to "
3140 "0. It is enabled by default with the value 10."
3141 msgstr ""
3142
3143 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3144 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3145 msgid ""
3146 "<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
3147 "follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
3148 msgstr ""
3149
3150 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3151 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3152 msgid ""
3153 "The used bandwidth can be limited with "
3154 "<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
3155 "kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
3156 "tries to use all available bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly "
3157 "disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
3158 msgstr ""
3159
3160 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3161 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3162 msgid ""
3163 "<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
3164 "User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
3165 "clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
3166 msgstr ""
3167
3168 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3169 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3170 msgid ""
3171 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
3172 "an external command to discover the http proxy to use. Apt expects the "
3173 "command to output the proxy on stdout in the style "
3174 "<literal>http://proxy:port/</literal>. This will override the generic "
3175 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal> but not any specific host proxy "
3176 "configuration set via <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::$HOST</literal>. See "
3177 "the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example implementation that uses "
3178 "avahi. This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
3179 "<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
3180 msgstr ""
3181
3182 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3183 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3184 msgid ""
3185 "The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, "
3186 "<literal>AllowRedirect</literal>, <literal>Dl-Limit</literal> and "
3187 "<literal>proxy</literal> options work for HTTPS URIs in the same way as for "
3188 "the <literal>http</literal> method, and default to the same values if they "
3189 "are not explicitly set. The <literal>Pipeline-Depth</literal> option is not "
3190 "yet supported."
3191 msgstr ""
3192
3193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3194 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3195 msgid ""
3196 "<literal>CaInfo</literal> suboption specifies place of file that holds info "
3197 "about trusted certificates. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::CaInfo</literal> is the "
3198 "corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> boolean "
3199 "suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate should be "
3200 "verified against trusted certificates. "
3201 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3202 "option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether "
3203 "or not the server's hostname should be verified. "
3204 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3205 "option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for "
3206 "client authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslCert</literal> is the "
3207 "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what "
3208 "private key to use for client "
3209 "authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding "
3210 "per-host option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL "
3211 "version to use. It can contain either of the strings "
3212 "'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. "
3213 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslForceVersion</literal> is the corresponding "
3214 "per-host option."
3215 msgstr ""
3216
3217 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3218 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3219 msgid ""
3220 "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs. "
3221 "It is in the standard form of "
3222 "<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can "
3223 "also be specified by using the form "
3224 "<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3225 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3226 "settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
3227 "used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
3228 "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
3229 "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
3230 "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
3231 "this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
3232 "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
3233 "<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
3234 "<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
3235 "<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
3236 msgstr ""
3237
3238 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3239 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3240 msgid ""
3241 "Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
3242 "to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment. However, "
3243 "some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
3244 "instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
3245 "proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
3246 msgstr ""
3247
3248 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3249 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3250 msgid ""
3251 "It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
3252 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
3253 "discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
3254 "configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
3255 "low efficiency."
3256 msgstr ""
3257
3258 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3259 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3260 msgid ""
3261 "The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
3262 "<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
3263 "false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
3264 "IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
3265 "that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
3266 msgstr ""
3267
3268 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3269 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3270 #, no-wrap
3271 msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
3272 msgstr ""
3273
3274 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3275 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3276 msgid ""
3277 "For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
3278 "option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
3279 "the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
3280 "<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
3281 "and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab. The "
3282 "syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
3283 "<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash. "
3284 "Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
3285 msgstr ""
3286
3287 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3288 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3289 msgid ""
3290 "For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
3291 "<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
3292 "gpgv."
3293 msgstr ""
3294
3295 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3296 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3297 #, no-wrap
3298 msgid ""
3299 "Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
3300 "\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
3301 msgstr ""
3302
3303 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3304 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3305 msgid ""
3306 "List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods. "
3307 "Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
3308 "compression formats. By default the acquire methods can decompress "
3309 "<command>bzip2</command>, <command>lzma</command> and "
3310 "<command>gzip</command> compressed files; with this setting more formats can "
3311 "be added on the fly or the used method can be changed. The syntax for this "
3312 "is: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
3313 msgstr ""
3314
3315 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3316 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3317 #, no-wrap
3318 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
3319 msgstr ""
3320
3321 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3322 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3323 #, no-wrap
3324 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"lzma\"; \"gz\"; };"
3325 msgstr ""
3326
3327 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3328 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3329 msgid ""
3330 "Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
3331 "order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
3332 "acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
3333 "in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
3334 "preferred type first - default types not already added will be implicitly "
3335 "appended to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" "
3336 "id=\"0\"/> can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files "
3337 "over <command>bzip2</command> and <command>lzma</command>. If "
3338 "<command>lzma</command> should be preferred over <command>gzip</command> and "
3339 "<command>bzip2</command> the configure setting should look like this: "
3340 "<placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It is not needed to add "
3341 "<literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it will be added "
3342 "automatically."
3343 msgstr ""
3344
3345 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3346 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3347 #, no-wrap
3348 msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
3349 msgstr ""
3350
3351 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3352 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3353 msgid ""
3354 "Note that the "
3355 "<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
3356 "checked at run time. If this option has been set, the method will only be "
3357 "used if this file exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the "
3358 "inbuilt) setting is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note "
3359 "also that list entries specified on the command line will be added at the "
3360 "end of the list specified in the configuration files, but before the default "
3361 "entries. To prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the "
3362 "configuration files you can set the option direct - not in list style. This "
3363 "will not override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this "
3364 "type."
3365 msgstr ""
3366
3367 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3368 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3369 msgid ""
3370 "The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
3371 "uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
3372 "uncompressed files so this is mostly only useable for local mirrors."
3373 msgstr ""
3374
3375 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3376 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3377 msgid ""
3378 "When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
3379 "Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
3380 "unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
3381 "CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
3382 msgstr ""
3383
3384 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3385 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3386 msgid ""
3387 "The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
3388 "files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
3389 "description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
3390 "description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
3391 "with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
3392 "<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
3393 "language codes are especially rare."
3394 msgstr ""
3395
3396 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
3397 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3398 #, no-wrap
3399 msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
3400 msgstr ""
3401
3402 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3403 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3404 msgid ""
3405 "The default list includes \"environment\" and "
3406 "\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
3407 "will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
3408 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable. It will also ensure "
3409 "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
3410 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
3411 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To "
3412 "force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
3413 "<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
3414 "another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
3415 "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these "
3416 "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
3417 "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
3418 "in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
3419 "one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
3420 "French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\"). <placeholder "
3421 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
3422 msgstr ""
3423
3424 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3425 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3426 msgid ""
3427 "Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
3428 "environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
3429 "files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
3430 "added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
3431 "\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
3432 msgstr ""
3433
3434 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3435 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3436 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
3437 msgstr ""
3438
3439 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3440 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3441 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
3442 msgstr ""
3443
3444 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3445 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3446 msgid ""
3447 "The maximum file size of Release/Release.gpg/InRelease files. The default "
3448 "is 10MB."
3449 msgstr ""
3450
3451 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3452 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3453 msgid ""
3454 "This option controls if apt will use the DNS SRV server record as specified "
3455 "in RFC 2782 to select an alternative server to connect to. The default is "
3456 "\"true\"."
3457 msgstr ""
3458
3459 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3460 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3461 msgid ""
3462 "Allow the update operation to load data files from a repository without a "
3463 "trusted signature. If enabled this option no data files will be loaded and "
3464 "the update operation fails with a error for this source. The default is "
3465 "false for backward compatibility. This will be changed in the future."
3466 msgstr ""
3467
3468 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3469 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3470 msgid ""
3471 "Allow that a repository that was previously gpg signed to become unsigned "
3472 "durign a update operation. When there is no valid signature of a perviously "
3473 "trusted repository apt will refuse the update. This option can be used to "
3474 "override this protection. You almost certainly never want to enable "
3475 "this. The default is false. Note that apt will still consider packages from "
3476 "this source untrusted and warn about them if you try to install them."
3477 msgstr ""
3478
3479 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3480 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3481 msgid "scope"
3482 msgstr ""
3483
3484 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3485 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3486 msgid ""
3487 "Acquiring changelogs can only be done if an URI is known from where to get "
3488 "them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' "
3489 "field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file is "
3490 "used to check if a "
3491 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3492 "or "
3493 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> "
3494 "option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file "
3495 "can be overridden with "
3496 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3497 "or "
3498 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. "
3499 "The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that package "
3500 "specific data is replaced with the placeholder "
3501 "<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is "
3502 "from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part "
3503 "otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except "
3504 "if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which "
3505 "case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package "
3506 "name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if "
3507 "present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash "
3508 "('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an "
3509 "underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value "
3510 "'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this "
3511 "source can't be used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be "
3512 "tried if available in this case."
3513 msgstr ""
3514
3515 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3516 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3517 msgid "Binary specific configuration"
3518 msgstr ""
3519
3520 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3521 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3522 msgid ""
3523 "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can "
3524 "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options "
3525 "which look like they would effect only a certain binary like "
3526 "<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> "
3527 "as well as <command>apt</command>."
3528 msgstr ""
3529
3530 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3531 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3532 msgid ""
3533 "Setting an option for a specific binary only can be achieved by setting the "
3534 "option inside the "
3535 "<option>Binary::<replaceable>specific-binary</replaceable></option> "
3536 "scope. Setting the option <option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> for the "
3537 "<command>apt</command> only can e.g. by done by setting "
3538 "<option>Binary::apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> instead."
3539 msgstr ""
3540
3541 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3542 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3543 msgid ""
3544 "Note that as seen in the DESCRIPTION section further above you can't set "
3545 "binary-specific options on the commandline itself nor in configuration files "
3546 "loaded via the commandline."
3547 msgstr ""
3548
3549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3550 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3551 msgid "Directories"
3552 msgstr ""
3553
3554 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3555 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3556 msgid ""
3557 "The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
3558 "local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
3559 "downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
3560 "&dpkg; status file. <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
3561 "<filename>preferences</filename> file. <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3562 "contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
3563 "start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
3564 msgstr ""
3565
3566 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3567 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3568 msgid ""
3569 "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
3570 "information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
3571 "and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
3572 "archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
3573 "be turned off by setting <literal>pkgcache</literal> or "
3574 "<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> to <literal>\"\"</literal>. This will slow "
3575 "down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
3576 "pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache. Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3577 "the default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
3578 msgstr ""
3579
3580 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3581 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3582 msgid ""
3583 "<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
3584 "<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
3585 "<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
3586 "effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
3587 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
3588 msgstr ""
3589
3590 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3591 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3592 msgid ""
3593 "The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
3594 "in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
3595 "main config file is loaded."
3596 msgstr ""
3597
3598 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3599 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3600 msgid ""
3601 "Binary programs are pointed to by "
3602 "<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
3603 "the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
3604 "<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
3605 "<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
3606 "<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
3607 "specify the location of the respective programs."
3608 msgstr ""
3609
3610 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3611 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3612 msgid ""
3613 "The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning. If "
3614 "set, all paths will be relative to <literal>RootDir</literal>, "
3615 "<emphasis>even paths that are specified absolutely</emphasis>. So, for "
3616 "instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is set to "
3617 "<filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and <literal>Dir::State::status</literal> "
3618 "is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file "
3619 "will be looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. "
3620 "If you want to prefix only relative paths, set <literal>Dir</literal> "
3621 "instead."
3622 msgstr ""
3623
3624 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3625 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3626 msgid ""
3627 "The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
3628 "which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
3629 "fragment directories. Per default a file which end with "
3630 "<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
3631 "or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
3632 "default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
3633 msgstr ""
3634
3635 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3636 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3637 msgid "APT in DSelect"
3638 msgstr ""
3639
3640 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3641 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3642 msgid ""
3643 "When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
3644 "control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
3645 "section."
3646 msgstr ""
3647
3648 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3649 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3650 msgid ""
3651 "Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
3652 "<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
3653 "<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>. "
3654 "<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
3655 "packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
3656 "default) does so conditionally. <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
3657 "packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
3658 "instance). <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
3659 "downloading new packages."
3660 msgstr ""
3661
3662 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3663 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3664 msgid ""
3665 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3666 "options when it is run for the install phase."
3667 msgstr ""
3668
3669 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3670 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3671 msgid ""
3672 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3673 "options when it is run for the update phase."
3674 msgstr ""
3675
3676 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3677 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3678 msgid ""
3679 "If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue. "
3680 "The default is to prompt only on error."
3681 msgstr ""
3682
3683 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3684 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3685 msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
3686 msgstr ""
3687
3688 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3689 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3690 msgid ""
3691 "Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
3692 "in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
3693 msgstr ""
3694
3695 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3696 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3697 msgid ""
3698 "This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
3699 "using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
3700 "&dpkg;."
3701 msgstr ""
3702
3703 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3704 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3705 msgid ""
3706 "This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3707 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3708 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3709 "fail APT will abort."
3710 msgstr ""
3711
3712 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3713 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3714 msgid ""
3715 "This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3716 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3717 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3718 "fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
3719 "going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
3720 "descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
3721 msgstr ""
3722
3723 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3724 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3725 msgid ""
3726 "Version 2 of this protocol sends more information through the requested file "
3727 "descriptor: a line with the text <literal>VERSION 2</literal>, the APT "
3728 "configuration space, and a list of package actions with filename and version "
3729 "information."
3730 msgstr ""
3731
3732 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3733 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3734 msgid ""
3735 "Each configuration directive line has the form "
3736 "<literal>key=value</literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, "
3737 "nonprintable characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in "
3738 "<literal>key</literal> and newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent "
3739 "signs in <literal>value</literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by "
3740 "multiple <literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The "
3741 "configuration section ends with a blank line."
3742 msgstr ""
3743
3744 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3745 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3746 msgid ""
3747 "Package action lines consist of five fields in Version 2: package name "
3748 "(without architecture qualification even if foreign), old version, direction "
3749 "of version change (&lt; for upgrades, &gt; for downgrades, = for no change), "
3750 "new version, action. The version fields are \"-\" for no version at all (for "
3751 "example when installing a package for the first time; no version is treated "
3752 "as earlier than any real version, so that is an upgrade, indicated as "
3753 "<literal>- &lt; 1.23.4</literal>). The action field is \"**CONFIGURE**\" if "
3754 "the package is being configured, \"**REMOVE**\" if it is being removed, or "
3755 "the filename of a .deb file if it is being unpacked."
3756 msgstr ""
3757
3758 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3759 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3760 msgid ""
3761 "In Version 3 after each version field follows the architecture of this "
3762 "version, which is \"-\" if there is no version, and a field showing the "
3763 "MultiArch type \"same\", \"foreign\", \"allowed\" or \"none\". Note that "
3764 "\"none\" is an incorrect typename which is just kept to remain compatible, "
3765 "it should be read as \"no\" and users are encouraged to support both."
3766 msgstr ""
3767
3768 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3769 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3770 msgid ""
3771 "The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
3772 "<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
3773 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
3774 "accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
3775 "requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
3776 "support for instead."
3777 msgstr ""
3778
3779 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3780 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3781 msgid ""
3782 "The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
3783 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
3784 "which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
3785 "since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
3786 "the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
3787 "number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
3788 msgstr ""
3789
3790 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3791 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3792 msgid ""
3793 "APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
3794 "<filename>/</filename>."
3795 msgstr ""
3796
3797 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3798 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3799 msgid ""
3800 "These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
3801 "default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
3802 msgstr ""
3803
3804 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3805 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3806 msgid "dpkg trigger usage (and related options)"
3807 msgstr ""
3808
3809 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3810 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3811 msgid ""
3812 "APT can call &dpkg; in such a way as to let it make aggressive use of "
3813 "triggers over multiple calls of &dpkg;. Without further options &dpkg; will "
3814 "use triggers once each time it runs. Activating these options can therefore "
3815 "decrease the time needed to perform the install or upgrade. Note that it is "
3816 "intended to activate these options per default in the future, but as it "
3817 "drastically changes the way APT calls &dpkg; it needs a lot more testing. "
3818 "<emphasis>These options are therefore currently experimental and should not "
3819 "be used in production environments.</emphasis> It also breaks progress "
3820 "reporting such that all front-ends will currently stay around half (or more) "
3821 "of the time in the 100% state while it actually configures all packages."
3822 msgstr ""
3823
3824 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><literallayout>
3825 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3826 #, no-wrap
3827 msgid ""
3828 "DPkg::NoTriggers \"true\";\n"
3829 "PackageManager::Configure \"smart\";\n"
3830 "DPkg::ConfigurePending \"true\";\n"
3831 "DPkg::TriggersPending \"true\";"
3832 msgstr ""
3833
3834 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3835 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3836 msgid ""
3837 "Note that it is not guaranteed that APT will support these options or that "
3838 "these options will not cause (big) trouble in the future. If you have "
3839 "understand the current risks and problems with these options, but are brave "
3840 "enough to help testing them, create a new configuration file and test a "
3841 "combination of options. Please report any bugs, problems and improvements "
3842 "you encounter and make sure to note which options you have used in your "
3843 "reports. Asking &dpkg; for help could also be useful for debugging proposes, "
3844 "see e.g. <command>dpkg --audit</command>. A defensive option combination "
3845 "would be <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3846 msgstr ""
3847
3848 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3849 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3850 msgid ""
3851 "Add the no triggers flag to all &dpkg; calls (except the ConfigurePending "
3852 "call). See &dpkg; if you are interested in what this actually means. In "
3853 "short: &dpkg; will not run the triggers when this flag is present unless it "
3854 "is explicitly called to do so in an extra call. Note that this option "
3855 "exists (undocumented) also in older APT versions with a slightly different "
3856 "meaning: Previously these option only append --no-triggers to the configure "
3857 "calls to &dpkg; - now APT will also add this flag to the unpack and remove "
3858 "calls."
3859 msgstr ""
3860
3861 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3862 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3863 msgid ""
3864 "Valid values are \"<literal>all</literal>\", \"<literal>smart</literal>\" "
3865 "and \"<literal>no</literal>\". The default value is "
3866 "\"<literal>all</literal>\", which causes APT to configure all packages. The "
3867 "\"<literal>smart</literal>\" way is to configure only packages which need to "
3868 "be configured before another package can be unpacked (Pre-Depends), and let "
3869 "the rest be configured by &dpkg; with a call generated by the "
3870 "ConfigurePending option (see below). On the other hand, "
3871 "\"<literal>no</literal>\" will not configure anything, and totally relies on "
3872 "&dpkg; for configuration (which at the moment will fail if a Pre-Depends is "
3873 "encountered). Setting this option to any value other than "
3874 "<literal>all</literal> will implicitly also activate the next option by "
3875 "default, as otherwise the system could end in an unconfigured and "
3876 "potentially unbootable state."
3877 msgstr ""
3878
3879 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3880 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3881 msgid ""
3882 "If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
3883 "--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
3884 "triggers. This option is activated automatically per default if the previous "
3885 "option is not set to <literal>all</literal>, but deactivating it could be "
3886 "useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
3887 "installer. In these sceneries you could deactivate this option in all but "
3888 "the last run."
3889 msgstr ""
3890
3891 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3892 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3893 msgid ""
3894 "Useful for the <literal>smart</literal> configuration as a package which has "
3895 "pending triggers is not considered as <literal>installed</literal>, and "
3896 "&dpkg; treats them as <literal>unpacked</literal> currently which is a "
3897 "showstopper for Pre-Dependencies (see debbugs #526774). Note that this will "
3898 "process all triggers, not only the triggers needed to configure this "
3899 "package."
3900 msgstr ""
3901
3902 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3903 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3904 #, no-wrap
3905 msgid ""
3906 "OrderList::Score {\n"
3907 "\tDelete 500;\n"
3908 "\tEssential 200;\n"
3909 "\tImmediate 10;\n"
3910 "\tPreDepends 50;\n"
3911 "};"
3912 msgstr ""
3913
3914 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3915 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3916 msgid ""
3917 "Essential packages (and their dependencies) should be configured immediately "
3918 "after unpacking. It is a good idea to do this quite early in the upgrade "
3919 "process as these configure calls also currently require "
3920 "<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal> which will run quite a few triggers "
3921 "(which may not be needed). Essentials get per default a high score but the "
3922 "immediate flag is relatively low (a package which has a Pre-Depends is rated "
3923 "higher). These option and the others in the same group can be used to "
3924 "change the scoring. The following example shows the settings with their "
3925 "default values. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3926 msgstr ""
3927
3928 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3929 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3930 msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
3931 msgstr ""
3932
3933 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3934 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3935 msgid ""
3936 "<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
3937 "of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
3938 "<literal>/etc/cron.daily/apt</literal> script. See the top of this script "
3939 "for the brief documentation of these options."
3940 msgstr ""
3941
3942 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3943 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3944 msgid "Debug options"
3945 msgstr ""
3946
3947 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3948 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3949 msgid ""
3950 "Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
3951 "debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
3952 "utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
3953 "modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
3954 "<literal>apt</literal>. Most of these options are not interesting to a "
3955 "normal user, but a few may be:"
3956 msgstr ""
3957
3958 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3959 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3960 msgid ""
3961 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
3962 "decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
3963 "purge</literal>."
3964 msgstr ""
3965
3966 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3967 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3968 msgid ""
3969 "<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking. This can be "
3970 "used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
3971 "install</literal>) as a non-root user."
3972 msgstr ""
3973
3974 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3975 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3976 msgid ""
3977 "<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
3978 "time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
3979 msgstr ""
3980
3981 #. TODO: provide a
3982 #. motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
3983 #. to do this.
3984 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3985 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3986 msgid ""
3987 "<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
3988 "in CD-ROM IDs."
3989 msgstr ""
3990
3991 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3992 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3993 msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
3994 msgstr ""
3995
3996 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3997 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3998 msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
3999 msgstr ""
4000
4001 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4002 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4003 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
4004 msgstr ""
4005
4006 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4007 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4008 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
4009 msgstr ""
4010
4011 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4012 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4013 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
4014 msgstr ""
4015
4016 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4017 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4018 msgid ""
4019 "Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
4020 "<literal>gpg</literal>."
4021 msgstr ""
4022
4023 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4024 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4025 msgid ""
4026 "Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
4027 "stored on CD-ROMs."
4028 msgstr ""
4029
4030 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4031 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4032 msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
4033 msgstr ""
4034
4035 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4036 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4037 msgid ""
4038 "Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
4039 "<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
4040 msgstr ""
4041
4042 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4043 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4044 msgid ""
4045 "Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
4046 "of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
4047 "a CD-ROM."
4048 msgstr ""
4049
4050 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4051 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4052 msgid ""
4053 "Disable all file locking. For instance, this will allow two instances of "
4054 "<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
4055 msgstr ""
4056
4057 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4058 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4059 msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
4060 msgstr ""
4061
4062 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4063 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4064 msgid ""
4065 "Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
4066 "cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
4067 msgstr ""
4068
4069 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4070 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4071 msgid ""
4072 "Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
4073 "and errors relating to package index list diffs."
4074 msgstr ""
4075
4076 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4077 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4078 msgid ""
4079 "Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
4080 "index diffs instead of full indices."
4081 msgstr ""
4082
4083 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4084 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4085 msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
4086 msgstr ""
4087
4088 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4089 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4090 msgid ""
4091 "Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
4092 "the removal of unused packages."
4093 msgstr ""
4094
4095 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4096 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4097 msgid ""
4098 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
4099 "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial "
4100 "auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
4101 "and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
4102 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
4103 msgstr ""
4104
4105 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4106 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4107 msgid ""
4108 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
4109 "keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work. Each addition "
4110 "or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
4111 "additional spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is "
4112 "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
4113 "<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
4114 "-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
4115 "is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
4116 "version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
4117 "version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
4118 "score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
4119 "as the installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
4120 "section the package appears in."
4121 msgstr ""
4122
4123 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4124 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4125 msgid ""
4126 "When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
4127 "invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
4128 msgstr ""
4129
4130 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4131 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4132 msgid ""
4133 "Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
4134 "any errors encountered while parsing it."
4135 msgstr ""
4136
4137 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4138 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4139 msgid ""
4140 "Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
4141 "<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
4142 msgstr ""
4143
4144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4145 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4146 msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
4147 msgstr ""
4148
4149 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4150 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4151 msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
4152 msgstr ""
4153
4154 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4155 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4156 msgid ""
4157 "Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
4158 "happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
4159 msgstr ""
4160
4161 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4162 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4163 msgid ""
4164 "Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
4165 "the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
4166 "described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
4167 msgstr ""
4168
4169 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4170 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4171 msgid ""
4172 "Print information about the vendors read from "
4173 "<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
4174 msgstr ""
4175
4176 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4177 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4178 msgid ""
4179 "Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes "
4180 "e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or "
4181 "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>."
4182 msgstr ""
4183
4184 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4185 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
4186 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
4187 msgid "Examples"
4188 msgstr ""
4189
4190 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4191 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4192 msgid ""
4193 "&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
4194 "possible options."
4195 msgstr ""
4196
4197 #. ? reading apt.conf
4198 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4199 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4200 msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
4201 msgstr ""
4202
4203 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
4204 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4205 msgid "Preference control file for APT"
4206 msgstr ""
4207
4208 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4209 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4210 msgid ""
4211 "The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
4212 "fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
4213 "can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
4214 "installation."
4215 msgstr ""
4216
4217 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4218 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4219 msgid ""
4220 "Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
4221 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
4222 "example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>). APT "
4223 "assigns a priority to each version that is available. Subject to dependency "
4224 "constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
4225 "priority for installation. The APT preferences override the priorities that "
4226 "APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
4227 "over which one is selected for installation."
4228 msgstr ""
4229
4230 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4231 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4232 msgid ""
4233 "Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
4234 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source. In this "
4235 "case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
4236 "the &sources-list; file. The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
4237 "instance, only the choice of version."
4238 msgstr ""
4239
4240 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4241 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4242 msgid ""
4243 "Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
4244 "they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
4245 "not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
4246 "packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages. Even more problems "
4247 "will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
4248 "understanding of the following paragraphs. Packages included in a specific "
4249 "release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
4250 "older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
4251 "releases. You have been warned."
4252 msgstr ""
4253
4254 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4255 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4256 msgid ""
4257 "Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
4258 "directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
4259 "following naming convention: The files have either no or "
4260 "\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
4261 "alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters. "
4262 "Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
4263 "file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
4264 "configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
4265 msgstr ""
4266
4267 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4268 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4269 msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
4270 msgstr ""
4271
4272 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4273 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4274 #, no-wrap
4275 msgid ""
4276 "<command>apt-get install -t testing "
4277 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
4278 msgstr ""
4279
4280 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4281 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4282 #, no-wrap
4283 msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
4284 msgstr ""
4285
4286 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4287 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4288 msgid ""
4289 "If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
4290 "applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
4291 "is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs. It is "
4292 "possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
4293 "receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default. The "
4294 "target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
4295 "in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>. Note "
4296 "that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
4297 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
4298 "specifically pinned packages. For example, <placeholder "
4299 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4300 "id=\"1\"/>"
4301 msgstr ""
4302
4303 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4304 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4305 msgid ""
4306 "If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
4307 "algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package. Assign:"
4308 msgstr ""
4309
4310 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4311 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4312 msgid "priority 1"
4313 msgstr ""
4314
4315 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4316 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4317 msgid ""
4318 "to the versions coming from archives which in their "
4319 "<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
4320 "<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4321 "<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
4322 msgstr ""
4323
4324 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4325 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4326 msgid "priority 100"
4327 msgstr ""
4328
4329 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4330 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4331 msgid ""
4332 "to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
4333 "from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
4334 "as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4335 "backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
4336 msgstr ""
4337
4338 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4339 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4340 msgid "priority 500"
4341 msgstr ""
4342
4343 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4344 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4345 msgid "to the versions that do not belong to the target release."
4346 msgstr ""
4347
4348 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4349 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4350 msgid "priority 990"
4351 msgstr ""
4352
4353 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4354 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4355 msgid "to the versions that belong to the target release."
4356 msgstr ""
4357
4358 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4359 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4360 msgid ""
4361 "The highest of those priorities whose description matches the version is "
4362 "assigned to the version."
4363 msgstr ""
4364
4365 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4366 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4367 msgid ""
4368 "If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
4369 "priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
4370 "uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
4371 "their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
4372 "- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
4373 "marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
4374 msgstr ""
4375
4376 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4377 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4378 msgid ""
4379 "APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
4380 "determine which version of a package to install."
4381 msgstr ""
4382
4383 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4384 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4385 msgid ""
4386 "Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000. "
4387 "(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
4388 "of a more recent version. Note that none of APT's default priorities "
4389 "exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file. "
4390 "Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
4391 msgstr ""
4392
4393 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4394 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4395 msgid "Install the highest priority version."
4396 msgstr ""
4397
4398 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4399 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4400 msgid ""
4401 "If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
4402 "(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
4403 msgstr ""
4404
4405 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4406 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4407 msgid ""
4408 "If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
4409 "the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
4410 "<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
4411 msgstr ""
4412
4413 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4414 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4415 msgid ""
4416 "In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100) "
4417 "is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
4418 "the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990). Then the package will be "
4419 "upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4420 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4421 "upgrade</command> is executed."
4422 msgstr ""
4423
4424 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4425 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4426 msgid ""
4427 "More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
4428 "recent than any of the other available versions. The package will not be "
4429 "downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4430 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4431 "upgrade</command> is executed."
4432 msgstr ""
4433
4434 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4435 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4436 msgid ""
4437 "Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
4438 "belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
4439 "some other distribution. Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
4440 "<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
4441 "or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
4442 "<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
4443 "than the installed version."
4444 msgstr ""
4445
4446 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4447 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4448 msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
4449 msgstr ""
4450
4451 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4452 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4453 msgid ""
4454 "The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
4455 "assignment of priorities. The file consists of one or more multi-line "
4456 "records separated by blank lines. Records can have one of two forms, a "
4457 "specific form and a general form."
4458 msgstr ""
4459
4460 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4461 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4462 msgid ""
4463 "The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
4464 "specified packages with a specified version or version range. For example, "
4465 "the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
4466 "<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
4467 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". Multiple packages can be separated by "
4468 "spaces."
4469 msgstr ""
4470
4471 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4472 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4473 #, no-wrap
4474 msgid ""
4475 "Package: perl\n"
4476 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4477 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4478 msgstr ""
4479
4480 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4481 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4482 msgid ""
4483 "The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
4484 "given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
4485 "in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
4486 "versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
4487 "fully qualified domain name."
4488 msgstr ""
4489
4490 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4491 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4492 msgid ""
4493 "This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
4494 "of packages. For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
4495 "all package versions available from the local site."
4496 msgstr ""
4497
4498 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4499 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4500 #, no-wrap
4501 msgid ""
4502 "Package: *\n"
4503 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4504 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4505 msgstr ""
4506
4507 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4508 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4509 msgid ""
4510 "A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
4511 "which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
4512 "high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
4513 "hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
4514 msgstr ""
4515
4516 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4517 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4518 #, no-wrap
4519 msgid ""
4520 "Package: *\n"
4521 "Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
4522 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4523 msgstr ""
4524
4525 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4526 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4527 msgid ""
4528 "This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
4529 "distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file. What "
4530 "follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
4531 "Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
4532 "\"Ximian\"."
4533 msgstr ""
4534
4535 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4536 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4537 msgid ""
4538 "The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
4539 "belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
4540 "\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
4541 msgstr ""
4542
4543 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4544 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4545 #, no-wrap
4546 msgid ""
4547 "Package: *\n"
4548 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4549 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4550 msgstr ""
4551
4552 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4553 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4554 msgid ""
4555 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4556 "belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
4557 "\"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>\"."
4558 msgstr ""
4559
4560 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4561 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4562 #, no-wrap
4563 msgid ""
4564 "Package: *\n"
4565 "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4566 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4567 msgstr ""
4568
4569 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4570 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4571 msgid ""
4572 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4573 "belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
4574 "and whose release Version number is \"<literal>&stable-version;</literal>\"."
4575 msgstr ""
4576
4577 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4578 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4579 #, no-wrap
4580 msgid ""
4581 "Package: *\n"
4582 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4583 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4584 msgstr ""
4585
4586 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4587 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4588 msgid ""
4589 "The effect of the comma operator is similar to an \"and\" in logic: All "
4590 "conditions must be satisfied for the pin to match. There is one exception: "
4591 "For any type of condition (such as two \"a\" conditions), only the last such "
4592 "condition is checked."
4593 msgstr ""
4594
4595 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4596 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4597 msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
4598 msgstr ""
4599
4600 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4601 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4602 msgid ""
4603 "APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
4604 "surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
4605 "priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
4606 "gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
4607 "extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
4608 msgstr ""
4609
4610 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4611 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4612 #, no-wrap
4613 msgid ""
4614 "Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
4615 "Pin: release a=experimental\n"
4616 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4617 msgstr ""
4618
4619 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4620 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4621 msgid ""
4622 "The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
4623 "string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
4624 "packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
4625 msgstr ""
4626
4627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4628 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4629 #, no-wrap
4630 msgid ""
4631 "Package: *\n"
4632 "Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
4633 "Pin-Priority: 990\n"
4634 msgstr ""
4635
4636 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4637 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4638 msgid ""
4639 "If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
4640 "behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
4641 "of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
4642 "the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
4643 "specific pins override it. The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
4644 "Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
4645 msgstr ""
4646
4647 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4648 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4649 msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
4650 msgstr ""
4651
4652 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4653 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4654 msgid ""
4655 "Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
4656 "negative integers. They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
4657 msgstr ""
4658
4659 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4660 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4661 msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
4662 msgstr ""
4663
4664 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4665 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4666 msgid ""
4667 "causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
4668 "package"
4669 msgstr ""
4670
4671 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4672 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4673 msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
4674 msgstr ""
4675
4676 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4677 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4678 msgid ""
4679 "causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
4680 "release, unless the installed version is more recent"
4681 msgstr ""
4682
4683 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4684 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4685 msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
4686 msgstr ""
4687
4688 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4689 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4690 msgid ""
4691 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4692 "belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
4693 msgstr ""
4694
4695 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4696 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4697 msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
4698 msgstr ""
4699
4700 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4701 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4702 msgid ""
4703 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4704 "belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
4705 msgstr ""
4706
4707 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4708 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4709 msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
4710 msgstr ""
4711
4712 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4713 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4714 msgid ""
4715 "causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
4716 "the package"
4717 msgstr ""
4718
4719 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4720 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4721 msgid "P &lt; 0"
4722 msgstr ""
4723
4724 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4725 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4726 msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
4727 msgstr ""
4728
4729 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4730 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4731 msgid "P = 0"
4732 msgstr ""
4733
4734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4735 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4736 msgid "has undefined behaviour, do not use it."
4737 msgstr ""
4738
4739 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4740 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4741 msgid ""
4742 "The first specific-form record matching an available package version "
4743 "determines the priority of the package version. Failing that, the priority "
4744 "of the package is defined as the maximum of all priorities defined by "
4745 "generic-form records matching the version. Records defined using patterns "
4746 "in the Pin field other than \"*\" are treated like specific-form records."
4747 msgstr ""
4748
4749 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4750 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4751 msgid ""
4752 "For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
4753 "presented earlier:"
4754 msgstr ""
4755
4756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4757 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4758 #, no-wrap
4759 msgid ""
4760 "Package: perl\n"
4761 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4762 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4763 "\n"
4764 "Package: *\n"
4765 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4766 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4767 "\n"
4768 "Package: *\n"
4769 "Pin: release unstable\n"
4770 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4771 msgstr ""
4772
4773 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4774 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4775 msgid "Then:"
4776 msgstr ""
4777
4778 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4779 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4780 msgid ""
4781 "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
4782 "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
4783 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
4784 "&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
4785 "installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
4786 "downgraded."
4787 msgstr ""
4788
4789 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4790 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4791 msgid ""
4792 "A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
4793 "available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
4794 "versions belonging to the target release."
4795 msgstr ""
4796
4797 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4798 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4799 msgid ""
4800 "A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
4801 "site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
4802 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
4803 "for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
4804 msgstr ""
4805
4806 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4807 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4808 msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
4809 msgstr ""
4810
4811 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4812 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4813 msgid ""
4814 "The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
4815 "<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
4816 "describe the packages available at that location."
4817 msgstr ""
4818
4819 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4820 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4821 msgid ""
4822 "The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4823 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
4824 "for example, "
4825 "<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>. It "
4826 "consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
4827 "in that directory. Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
4828 "APT priorities:"
4829 msgstr ""
4830
4831 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4832 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4833 msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
4834 msgstr ""
4835
4836 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4837 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4838 msgid "gives the package name"
4839 msgstr ""
4840
4841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4842 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4843 msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
4844 msgstr ""
4845
4846 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4847 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4848 msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
4849 msgstr ""
4850
4851 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4852 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4853 msgid ""
4854 "The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4855 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
4856 "example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
4857 "<filename>.../dists/&stable-codename;/Release</filename>. It consists of a "
4858 "single multi-line record which applies to <emphasis>all</emphasis> of the "
4859 "packages in the directory tree below its parent. Unlike the "
4860 "<filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the lines in a "
4861 "<filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT priorities:"
4862 msgstr ""
4863
4864 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4865 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4866 msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
4867 msgstr ""
4868
4869 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4870 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4871 msgid ""
4872 "names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4873 "For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
4874 "that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4875 "<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
4876 "archive. Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
4877 "the line:"
4878 msgstr ""
4879
4880 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4881 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4882 #, no-wrap
4883 msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
4884 msgstr ""
4885
4886 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4887 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4888 msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
4889 msgstr ""
4890
4891 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4892 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4893 msgid ""
4894 "names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4895 "For example, the line \"Codename: &testing-codename;\" specifies that all of "
4896 "the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4897 "<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
4898 "<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. Specifying this value in the APT "
4899 "preferences file would require the line:"
4900 msgstr ""
4901
4902 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4903 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4904 #, no-wrap
4905 msgid "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4906 msgstr ""
4907
4908 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4909 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4910 msgid ""
4911 "names the release version. For example, the packages in the tree might "
4912 "belong to Debian release version &stable-version;. Note that there is "
4913 "normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
4914 "<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
4915 "released yet. Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
4916 "of the following lines."
4917 msgstr ""
4918
4919 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4920 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4921 #, no-wrap
4922 msgid ""
4923 "Pin: release v=&stable-version;\n"
4924 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4925 "Pin: release &stable-version;\n"
4926 msgstr ""
4927
4928 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4929 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4930 msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
4931 msgstr ""
4932
4933 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4934 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4935 msgid ""
4936 "names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
4937 "tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file. For example, the line "
4938 "\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
4939 "are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
4940 "licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines. "
4941 "Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
4942 "line:"
4943 msgstr ""
4944
4945 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4946 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4947 #, no-wrap
4948 msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
4949 msgstr ""
4950
4951 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4952 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4953 msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
4954 msgstr ""
4955
4956 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4957 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4958 msgid ""
4959 "names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4960 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4961 "<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
4962 "file would require the line:"
4963 msgstr ""
4964
4965 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4966 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4967 #, no-wrap
4968 msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4969 msgstr ""
4970
4971 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4972 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4973 msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
4974 msgstr ""
4975
4976 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4977 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4978 msgid ""
4979 "names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4980 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4981 "<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
4982 "file would require the line:"
4983 msgstr ""
4984
4985 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4986 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4987 #, no-wrap
4988 msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
4989 msgstr ""
4990
4991 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4992 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4993 msgid ""
4994 "All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
4995 "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
4996 "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
4997 "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
4998 "<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file "
4999 "<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
5000 "contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
5001 "<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
5002 "architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
5003 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
5004 msgstr ""
5005
5006 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5007 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5008 msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
5009 msgstr ""
5010
5011 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5012 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5013 msgid ""
5014 "Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
5015 "more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>. This "
5016 "provides a place for comments."
5017 msgstr ""
5018
5019 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5020 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5021 msgid "Tracking Stable"
5022 msgstr ""
5023
5024 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5025 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5026 #, no-wrap
5027 msgid ""
5028 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
5029 "Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
5030 "Package: *\n"
5031 "Pin: release a=stable\n"
5032 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5033 "\n"
5034 "Package: *\n"
5035 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5036 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5037 msgstr ""
5038
5039 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5040 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5041 msgid ""
5042 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
5043 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
5044 "<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
5045 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
5046 "distributions. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5047 msgstr ""
5048
5049 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5050 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5051 #, no-wrap
5052 msgid ""
5053 "apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
5054 "apt-get upgrade\n"
5055 "apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
5056 msgstr ""
5057
5058 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5059 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5060 msgid ""
5061 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5062 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
5063 "<literal>stable</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
5064 "id=\"0\"/>"
5065 msgstr ""
5066
5067 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5068 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5069 #, no-wrap
5070 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
5071 msgstr ""
5072
5073 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5074 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5075 msgid ""
5076 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5077 "latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
5078 "will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again. <placeholder "
5079 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5080 msgstr ""
5081
5082 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5083 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5084 msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
5085 msgstr ""
5086
5087 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5088 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5089 #, no-wrap
5090 msgid ""
5091 "Package: *\n"
5092 "Pin: release a=testing\n"
5093 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5094 "\n"
5095 "Package: *\n"
5096 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
5097 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
5098 "\n"
5099 "Package: *\n"
5100 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5101 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5102 msgstr ""
5103
5104 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5105 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5106 msgid ""
5107 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
5108 "to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
5109 "lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
5110 "distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
5111 "other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions. <placeholder "
5112 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5113 msgstr ""
5114
5115 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5116 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5117 msgid ""
5118 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5119 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
5120 "<literal>testing</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
5121 "id=\"0\"/>"
5122 msgstr ""
5123
5124 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5125 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5126 #, no-wrap
5127 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
5128 msgstr ""
5129
5130 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5131 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5132 msgid ""
5133 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5134 "latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution. "
5135 "Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
5136 "the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
5137 "than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5138 "<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
5139 "installed version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5140 msgstr ""
5141
5142 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5143 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5144 msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
5145 msgstr ""
5146
5147 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5148 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5149 #, no-wrap
5150 msgid ""
5151 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
5152 "versions\n"
5153 "Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
5154 "&testing-codename; or sid\n"
5155 "Package: *\n"
5156 "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
5157 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5158 "\n"
5159 "Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
5160 "Package: *\n"
5161 "Pin: release n=sid\n"
5162 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
5163 "\n"
5164 "Package: *\n"
5165 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5166 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5167 msgstr ""
5168
5169 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5170 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5171 msgid ""
5172 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
5173 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
5174 "specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
5175 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
5176 "codenames and archives. Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
5177 "the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
5178 "<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
5179 "want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
5180 "notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
5181 "configurations above. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5182 msgstr ""
5183
5184 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5185 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5186 msgid ""
5187 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5188 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
5189 "the release codenamed with <literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. "
5190 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5191 msgstr ""
5192
5193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5194 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5195 #, no-wrap
5196 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
5197 msgstr ""
5198
5199 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5200 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5201 msgid ""
5202 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5203 "latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution. Thereafter, "
5204 "<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
5205 "recent <literal>&testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more recent "
5206 "than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5207 "<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
5208 "version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5209 msgstr ""
5210
5211 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5212 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5213 msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
5214 msgstr ""
5215
5216 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5217 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5218 msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
5219 msgstr ""
5220
5221 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5222 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5223 msgid ""
5224 "The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and the files "
5225 "contained in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename> are designed to "
5226 "support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The "
5227 "files list one source per line (one-line style) or contain multiline stanzas "
5228 "defining one or more sources per stanza (deb822 style), with the most "
5229 "preferred source listed first (in case a single version is available from "
5230 "more than one source). The information available from the configured sources "
5231 "is acquired by <command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent "
5232 "command from another APT front-end)."
5233 msgstr ""
5234
5235 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5236 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5237 msgid "sources.list.d"
5238 msgstr ""
5239
5240 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5241 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5242 msgid ""
5243 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
5244 "add sources.list entries in separate files. Two different file formats are "
5245 "allowed as described in the next two sections. Filenames need to have "
5246 "either the extension <filename>.list</filename> or "
5247 "<filename>.sources</filename> depending on the contained format. The "
5248 "filenames may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9), underscore "
5249 "(_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a "
5250 "notice that it has ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
5251 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
5252 "case it will be silently ignored."
5253 msgstr ""
5254
5255 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5256 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5257 msgid "One-Line-Style Format"
5258 msgstr ""
5259
5260 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5261 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5262 msgid ""
5263 "Files in this format have the extension <filename>.list</filename>. Each "
5264 "line specifying a source starts with a type "
5265 "(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>) followed by options and arguments for "
5266 "this type. Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
5267 "line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
5268 "on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment. Consequently an "
5269 "entry can be disabled by commenting out the entire line. If options should "
5270 "be provided they are separated by spaces and all of them together are "
5271 "enclosed by square brackets (<literal>[]</literal>) included in the line "
5272 "after the type separated from it with a space. If an option allows multiple "
5273 "values these are separated from each other with a comma "
5274 "(<literal>,</literal>). An option name is separated from its value(s) by an "
5275 "equals sign (<literal>=</literal>). Multivalue options also have "
5276 "<literal>-=</literal> and <literal>+=</literal> as separators, which instead "
5277 "of replacing the default with the given value(s) modify the default value(s) "
5278 "to remove or include the given values."
5279 msgstr ""
5280
5281 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5282 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5283 msgid ""
5284 "This is the traditional format and supported by all apt versions. Note that "
5285 "not all options as described below are supported by all apt versions. Note "
5286 "also that some older applications parsing this format on their own might not "
5287 "expect to encounter options as they were uncommon before the introduction of "
5288 "multi-architecture support."
5289 msgstr ""
5290
5291 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5292 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5293 msgid "deb822-Style Format"
5294 msgstr ""
5295
5296 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5297 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5298 msgid ""
5299 "Files in this format have the extension <filename>.sources</filename>. The "
5300 "format is similar in syntax to other files used by Debian and its "
5301 "derivatives, such as the metadata files that apt will download from the "
5302 "configured sources or the <filename>debian/control</filename> file in a "
5303 "Debian source package. Individual entries are separated by an empty line; "
5304 "additional empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character at "
5305 "the start of the line marks the entire line as a comment. An entry can hence "
5306 "be disabled by commenting out each line belonging to the stanza, but it is "
5307 "usually easier to add the field \"Enabled: no\" to the stanza to disable the "
5308 "entry. Removing the field or setting it to yes reenables it. Options have "
5309 "the same syntax as every other field: A fieldname separated by a colon "
5310 "(<literal>:</literal>) and optionally spaces from its value(s). Note "
5311 "especially that multiple values are separated by spaces, not by commas as in "
5312 "the one-line format. Multivalue fields like <literal>Architectures</literal> "
5313 "also have <literal>Architectures-Add</literal> and "
5314 "<literal>Architectures-Remove</literal> to modify the default value rather "
5315 "than replacing it."
5316 msgstr ""
5317
5318 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5319 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5320 msgid ""
5321 "This is a new format supported by apt itself since version 1.1. Previous "
5322 "versions ignore such files with a notice message as described earlier. It "
5323 "is intended to make this format gradually the default format, deprecating "
5324 "the previously described one-line-style format, as it is easier to create, "
5325 "extend and modify for humans and machines alike especially if a lot of "
5326 "sources and/or options are involved. Developers who are working with and/or "
5327 "parsing apt sources are highly encouraged to add support for this format and "
5328 "to contact the APT team to coordinate and share this work. Users can freely "
5329 "adopt this format already, but may encounter problems with software not "
5330 "supporting the format yet."
5331 msgstr ""
5332
5333 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5334 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5335 msgid "The deb and deb-src Types: General Format"
5336 msgstr ""
5337
5338 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5339 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5340 msgid ""
5341 "The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
5342 "archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
5343 "<literal>distribution</literal> is generally a suite name like "
5344 "<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
5345 "<literal>&stable-codename;</literal> or "
5346 "<literal>&testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
5347 "<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
5348 "<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
5349 "a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
5350 "<literal>deb</literal> type. A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
5351 "to fetch source indexes."
5352 msgstr ""
5353
5354 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5355 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5356 msgid ""
5357 "The format for two one-line-style entries using the <literal>deb</literal> "
5358 "and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
5359 msgstr ""
5360
5361 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5362 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5363 #, no-wrap
5364 msgid ""
5365 "deb [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] [component2] "
5366 "[...]\n"
5367 "deb-src [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] "
5368 "[component2] [...]"
5369 msgstr ""
5370
5371 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5372 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5373 #, no-wrap
5374 msgid ""
5375 " Types: deb deb-src\n"
5376 " URIs: uri\n"
5377 " Suites: suite\n"
5378 " Components: [component1] [component2] [...]\n"
5379 " option1: value1\n"
5380 " option2: value2\n"
5381 " "
5382 msgstr ""
5383
5384 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5385 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5386 msgid ""
5387 "Alternatively the equivalent entry in deb822 style looks like this: "
5388 "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
5389 msgstr ""
5390
5391 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5392 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5393 msgid ""
5394 "The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
5395 "Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs. "
5396 "<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
5397 "components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
5398 "slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
5399 "particular sub-directory of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest. "
5400 "If <literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
5401 "<literal>component</literal> must be present."
5402 msgstr ""
5403
5404 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5405 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5406 msgid ""
5407 "<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
5408 "<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
5409 "<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
5410 "system. This permits architecture-independent "
5411 "<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
5412 "of interest when specifying an exact path; <literal>APT</literal> will "
5413 "automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
5414 msgstr ""
5415
5416 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5417 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5418 msgid ""
5419 "Especially in the one-line-style format since only one distribution can be "
5420 "specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the same "
5421 "URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
5422 "location is desired. APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
5423 "complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
5424 "Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
5425 "inefficiently establish a connection, close it, do something else, and then "
5426 "re-establish a connection to that same host. APT also parallelizes "
5427 "connections to different hosts to more effectively deal with sites with low "
5428 "bandwidth."
5429 msgstr ""
5430
5431 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5432 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5433 msgid ""
5434 "It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
5435 "preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
5436 "speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
5437 "followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
5438 msgstr ""
5439
5440 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5441 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5442 #, no-wrap
5443 msgid "&sourceslist-list-format;"
5444 msgstr ""
5445
5446 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5447 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5448 #, no-wrap
5449 msgid "&sourceslist-sources-format;"
5450 msgstr ""
5451
5452 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5453 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5454 msgid ""
5455 "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in "
5456 "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or "
5457 "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" "
5458 "id=\"1\"/>"
5459 msgstr ""
5460
5461 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5462 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5463 msgid "The deb and deb-src types: Options"
5464 msgstr ""
5465
5466 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5467 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5468 msgid ""
5469 "Each source entry can have options specified to modify which source is "
5470 "accessed and how data is acquired from it. Format, syntax and names of the "
5471 "options vary between the one-line-style and deb822-style formats as "
5472 "described, but they both have the same options available. For simplicity we "
5473 "list the deb822 fieldname and provide the one-line name in brackets. "
5474 "Remember that besides setting multivalue options explicitly, there is also "
5475 "the option to modify them based on the default, but we aren't listing those "
5476 "names explicitly here. Unsupported options are silently ignored by all APT "
5477 "versions."
5478 msgstr ""
5479
5480 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5481 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5482 msgid ""
5483 "<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) is a multivalue "
5484 "option defining for which architectures information should be downloaded. If "
5485 "this option isn't set the default is all architectures as defined by the "
5486 "<option>APT::Architectures</option> config option."
5487 msgstr ""
5488
5489 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5490 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5491 msgid ""
5492 "<option>Languages</option> (<option>lang</option>) is a multivalue option "
5493 "defining for which languages information such as translated package "
5494 "descriptions should be downloaded. If this option isn't set the default is "
5495 "all languages as defined by the <option>Acquire::Languages</option> config "
5496 "option."
5497 msgstr ""
5498
5499 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5500 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5501 msgid ""
5502 "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option "
5503 "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If "
5504 "not specified, the default set is defined by the "
5505 "<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope. Additionally, "
5506 "specific targets can be enabled or disabled by using the identifier as field "
5507 "name instead of using this multivalue option."
5508 msgstr ""
5509
5510 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5511 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5512 msgid ""
5513 "<option>PDiffs</option> (<option>pdiffs</option>) is a yes/no value which "
5514 "controls if APT should try to use PDiffs to update old indexes instead of "
5515 "downloading the new indexes entirely. The value of this option is ignored if "
5516 "the repository doesn't announce the availability of PDiffs. Defaults to the "
5517 "value of the option with the same name for a specific index file defined in "
5518 "the <option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to "
5519 "the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option> which "
5520 "defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5521 msgstr ""
5522
5523 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5524 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5525 msgid ""
5526 "<option>By-Hash</option> (<option>by-hash</option>) can have the value "
5527 "<literal>yes</literal>, <literal>no</literal> or <literal>force</literal> "
5528 "and controls if APT should try to acquire indexes via a URI constructed from "
5529 "a hashsum of the expected file instead of using the well-known stable "
5530 "filename of the index. Using this can avoid hashsum mismatches, but requires "
5531 "a supporting mirror. A <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>no</literal> value "
5532 "activates/disables the use of this feature if this source indicates support "
5533 "for it, while <literal>force</literal> will enable the feature regardless of "
5534 "what the source indicates. Defaults to the value of the option of the same "
5535 "name for a specific index file defined in the "
5536 "<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to the "
5537 "value of configuration option <option>Acquire::By-Hash</option> which "
5538 "defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5539 msgstr ""
5540
5541 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5542 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5543 msgid ""
5544 "Furthermore, there are options which if set affect <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
5545 "sources with the same URI and Suite, so they have to be set on all such "
5546 "entries and can not be varied between different components. APT will try to "
5547 "detect and error out on such anomalies."
5548 msgstr ""
5549
5550 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5551 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5552 msgid ""
5553 "<option>Trusted</option> (<option>trusted</option>) is a tri-state value "
5554 "which defaults to APT deciding if a source is considered trusted or if "
5555 "warnings should be raised before e.g. packages are installed from this "
5556 "source. This option can be used to override that decision. The value "
5557 "<literal>yes</literal> tells APT always to consider this source as trusted, "
5558 "even if it doesn't pass authentication checks. It disables parts of "
5559 "&apt-secure;, and should therefore only be used in a local and trusted "
5560 "context (if at all) as otherwise security is breached. The value "
5561 "<literal>no</literal> does the opposite, causing the source to be handled as "
5562 "untrusted even if the authentication checks passed successfully. The default "
5563 "value can't be set explicitly."
5564 msgstr ""
5565
5566 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5567 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5568 msgid ""
5569 "<option>Signed-By</option> (<option>signed-by</option>) is either an "
5570 "absolute path to a keyring file (has to be accessible and readable for the "
5571 "<literal>_apt</literal> user, so ensure everyone has read-permissions on the "
5572 "file) or a fingerprint of a key either in the "
5573 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> keyring or in one of the keyrings in the "
5574 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory (see <command>apt-key "
5575 "fingerprint</command>). If the option is set, only the key(s) in this "
5576 "keyring or only the key with this fingerprint is used for the &apt-secure; "
5577 "verification of this repository. Otherwise all keys in the trusted keyrings "
5578 "are considered valid signers for this repository."
5579 msgstr ""
5580
5581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5582 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5583 msgid ""
5584 "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) is "
5585 "a yes/no value which controls if APT should try to detect replay attacks. A "
5586 "repository creator can declare a time until which the data provided in the "
5587 "repository should be considered valid, and if this time is reached, but no "
5588 "new data is provided, the data is considered expired and an error is "
5589 "raised. Besides increasing security, as a malicious attacker can't send old "
5590 "data forever to prevent a user from upgrading to a new version, this also "
5591 "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some "
5592 "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, "
5593 "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to "
5594 "<literal>no</literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option "
5595 "<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to "
5596 "<literal>yes</literal>."
5597 msgstr ""
5598
5599 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5600 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5601 msgid ""
5602 "<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> (<option>valid-until-min</option>) and "
5603 "<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> (<option>valid-until-max</option>) can be "
5604 "used to raise or lower the time period in seconds in which the data from "
5605 "this repository is considered valid. -Max can be especially useful if the "
5606 "repository provides no Valid-Until field on its Release file to set your own "
5607 "value, while -Min can be used to increase the valid time on seldom updated "
5608 "(local) mirrors of a more frequently updated but less accessible archive "
5609 "(which is in the sources.list as well) instead of disabling the check "
5610 "entirely. Default to the value of the configuration options "
5611 "<option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and "
5612 "<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> which are both unset by default."
5613 msgstr ""
5614
5615 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5616 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5617 msgid "URI Specification"
5618 msgstr ""
5619
5620 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5621 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5622 msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
5623 msgstr ""
5624
5625 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5626 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5627 msgid ""
5628 "The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
5629 "considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
5630 "archives."
5631 msgstr ""
5632
5633 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5634 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5635 msgid ""
5636 "The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM drive with media "
5637 "swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the source "
5638 "list."
5639 msgstr ""
5640
5641 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5642 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5643 msgid ""
5644 "The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an environment "
5645 "variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is set with the format "
5646 "http://server:port/, the proxy server specified in <envar>http_proxy</envar> "
5647 "will be used. Users of authenticated HTTP/1.1 proxies may use a string of "
5648 "the format http://user:pass@server:port/. Note that this is an insecure "
5649 "method of authentication."
5650 msgstr ""
5651
5652 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5653 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5654 msgid ""
5655 "The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for the archive. APT's FTP behavior "
5656 "is highly configurable; for more information see the &apt-conf; manual "
5657 "page. Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
5658 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
5659 "HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs) using this "
5660 "environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
5661 "variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
5662 "ignored."
5663 msgstr ""
5664
5665 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5666 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5667 msgid ""
5668 "The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
5669 "copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location. "
5670 "This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
5671 "APT."
5672 msgstr ""
5673
5674 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5675 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5676 msgid ""
5677 "The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
5678 "the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
5679 "recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
5680 "commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
5681 msgstr ""
5682
5683 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5684 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5685 msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
5686 msgstr ""
5687
5688 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5689 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5690 msgid ""
5691 "APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
5692 "which should follow the naming scheme "
5693 "<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>. For "
5694 "instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
5695 "<package>apt-transport-https</package>, which provides access methods for "
5696 "HTTPS URIs with features similar to the http method. Methods for using "
5697 "e.g. debtorrent are also available - see &apt-transport-debtorrent;."
5698 msgstr ""
5699
5700 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5701 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5702 msgid ""
5703 "Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/apt/debian for "
5704 "stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
5705 msgstr ""
5706
5707 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5708 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5709 #, no-wrap
5710 msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian stable main contrib non-free"
5711 msgstr ""
5712
5713 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5714 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5715 #, no-wrap
5716 msgid ""
5717 "Types: deb\n"
5718 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5719 "Suites: stable\n"
5720 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5721 msgstr ""
5722
5723 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5724 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5725 msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
5726 msgstr ""
5727
5728 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5729 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5730 #, no-wrap
5731 msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5732 msgstr ""
5733
5734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5735 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5736 #, no-wrap
5737 msgid ""
5738 "Types: deb\n"
5739 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5740 "Suites: unstable\n"
5741 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5742 msgstr ""
5743
5744 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5745 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5746 msgid "Sources specification for the above."
5747 msgstr ""
5748
5749 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5750 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5751 #, no-wrap
5752 msgid "deb-src file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5753 msgstr ""
5754
5755 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5756 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5757 #, no-wrap
5758 msgid ""
5759 "Types: deb-src\n"
5760 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5761 "Suites: unstable\n"
5762 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5763 msgstr ""
5764
5765 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5766 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5767 msgid ""
5768 "The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
5769 "<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
5770 "<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
5771 msgstr ""
5772
5773 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5774 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5775 #, no-wrap
5776 msgid ""
5777 "deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main\n"
5778 "deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://httpredir.debian.org/debian "
5779 "&stable-codename; main"
5780 msgstr ""
5781
5782 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5783 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5784 #, no-wrap
5785 msgid ""
5786 "Types: deb\n"
5787 "URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5788 "Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5789 "Components: main\n"
5790 "\n"
5791 "Types: deb\n"
5792 "URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5793 "Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5794 "Components: main\n"
5795 "Architectures: amd64 armel\n"
5796 msgstr ""
5797
5798 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5799 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5800 msgid ""
5801 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
5802 "hamm/main area."
5803 msgstr ""
5804
5805 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5806 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5807 #, no-wrap
5808 msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
5809 msgstr ""
5810
5811 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5812 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5813 #, no-wrap
5814 msgid ""
5815 "Types: deb\n"
5816 "URIs: http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive\n"
5817 "Suites: hamm\n"
5818 "Components: main"
5819 msgstr ""
5820
5821 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5822 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5823 msgid ""
5824 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5825 "directory, and uses only the &stable-codename;/contrib area."
5826 msgstr ""
5827
5828 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5829 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5830 #, no-wrap
5831 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; contrib"
5832 msgstr ""
5833
5834 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5835 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5836 #, no-wrap
5837 msgid ""
5838 "Types: deb\n"
5839 "URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5840 "Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5841 "Components: contrib"
5842 msgstr ""
5843
5844 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5845 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5846 msgid ""
5847 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5848 "directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
5849 "well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
5850 "a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
5851 msgstr ""
5852
5853 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5854 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5855 #, no-wrap
5856 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
5857 msgstr ""
5858
5859 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5860 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5861 #, no-wrap
5862 msgid ""
5863 "Types: deb\n"
5864 "URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5865 "Suites: unstable\n"
5866 "Components: contrib"
5867 msgstr ""
5868
5869 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5870 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5871 #, no-wrap
5872 msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5873 msgstr ""
5874
5875 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5876 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5877 #, no-wrap
5878 msgid ""
5879 "Types: deb\n"
5880 "URIs: http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe\n"
5881 "Suites: unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5882 msgstr ""
5883
5884 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5885 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5886 msgid ""
5887 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
5888 "directory, and uses only files found under "
5889 "<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
5890 "<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
5891 "supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
5892 "substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
5893 "this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
5894 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
5895 msgstr ""
5896
5897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5898 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5899 msgid ""
5900 "Uses HTTP to get binary packages as well as sources from the stable, testing "
5901 "and unstable suites and the components main and contrib."
5902 msgstr ""
5903
5904 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5905 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5906 #, no-wrap
5907 msgid ""
5908 "deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
5909 "deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
5910 "deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
5911 "deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
5912 "deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib\n"
5913 "deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib"
5914 msgstr ""
5915
5916 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5917 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5918 #, no-wrap
5919 msgid ""
5920 "Types: deb deb-src\n"
5921 "URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5922 "Suites: stable testing unstable\n"
5923 "Components: main contrib\n"
5924 msgstr ""
5925
5926 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5927 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5928 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-conf;"
5929 msgstr ""
5930
5931 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
5932 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
5933 msgid "1"
5934 msgstr ""
5935
5936 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5937 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5938 msgid ""
5939 "Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
5940 "Debian packages"
5941 msgstr ""
5942
5943 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5944 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5945 msgid ""
5946 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
5947 "files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
5948 "config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
5949 "config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
5950 "format:"
5951 msgstr ""
5952
5953 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5954 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5955 msgid "package version template-file config-script"
5956 msgstr ""
5957
5958 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5959 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5960 msgid ""
5961 "template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
5962 "specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
5963 "(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
5964 "filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> and "
5965 "<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>"
5966 msgstr ""
5967
5968 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5969 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5970 msgid ""
5971 "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
5972 "template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: "
5973 "<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
5974 msgstr ""
5975
5976 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5977 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5978 msgid ""
5979 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
5980 "decimal 100 on error."
5981 msgstr ""
5982
5983 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5984 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
5985 msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
5986 msgstr ""
5987
5988 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5989 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
5990 msgid ""
5991 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
5992 "package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
5993 "name. It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
5994 "internal sorting rules."
5995 msgstr ""
5996
5997 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5998 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
5999 msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
6000 msgstr ""
6001
6002 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6003 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6004 msgid ""
6005 "Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: "
6006 "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
6007 msgstr ""
6008
6009 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6010 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6011 msgid ""
6012 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6013 "100 on error."
6014 msgstr ""
6015
6016 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
6017 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6018 msgid "Utility to generate index files"
6019 msgstr ""
6020
6021 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6022 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6023 msgid ""
6024 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
6025 "the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
6026 "files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
6027 "site."
6028 msgstr ""
6029
6030 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6031 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6032 msgid ""
6033 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
6034 "program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
6035 "<literal>packages</literal> command. It also contains a contents file "
6036 "generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
6037 "the generation process for a complete archive."
6038 msgstr ""
6039
6040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6041 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6042 msgid ""
6043 "Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
6044 "databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
6045 "external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
6046 "automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
6047 "output files."
6048 msgstr ""
6049
6050 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6051 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6052 msgid ""
6053 "The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
6054 "takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
6055 "emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
6056 "equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
6057 msgstr ""
6058
6059 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6060 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6061 msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
6062 msgstr ""
6063
6064 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6065 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6066 msgid ""
6067 "The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
6068 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
6069 "for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
6070 "approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
6071 msgstr ""
6072
6073 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6074 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6075 msgid ""
6076 "If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
6077 "for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
6078 "change the source override file that will be used."
6079 msgstr ""
6080
6081 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6082 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6083 msgid ""
6084 "The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
6085 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
6086 ".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
6087 "to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
6088 "to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
6089 "separated by a comma in the output."
6090 msgstr ""
6091
6092 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6093 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6094 msgid ""
6095 "The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
6096 "directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
6097 "<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Sources</filename> files and "
6098 "ones compressed with <command>gzip</command>, <command>bzip2</command> or "
6099 "<command>lzma</command> as well as <filename>Release</filename> and "
6100 "<filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by default "
6101 "(<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Additional "
6102 "filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
6103 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to "
6104 "stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, "
6105 "SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file."
6106 msgstr ""
6107
6108 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6109 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6110 msgid ""
6111 "Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
6112 "the corresponding variables under "
6113 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
6114 "e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
6115 "fields are: <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
6116 "<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
6117 "<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
6118 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, "
6119 "<literal>Components</literal>, <literal>Description</literal>."
6120 msgstr ""
6121
6122 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6123 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6124 msgid ""
6125 "The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
6126 "cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
6127 "config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
6128 "are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
6129 "maintaining the required settings."
6130 msgstr ""
6131
6132 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6133 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6134 msgid ""
6135 "The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
6136 "configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
6137 msgstr ""
6138
6139 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6140 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6141 msgid "The Generate Configuration"
6142 msgstr ""
6143
6144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6145 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6146 msgid ""
6147 "The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
6148 "describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
6149 "ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd. "
6150 "&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
6151 "configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
6152 "tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
6153 msgstr ""
6154
6155 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6156 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6157 msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
6158 msgstr ""
6159
6160 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6161 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6162 msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
6163 msgstr ""
6164
6165 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6166 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6167 msgid ""
6168 "The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
6169 "to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
6170 "directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
6171 "to produce a complete an absolute path."
6172 msgstr ""
6173
6174 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6175 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6176 msgid ""
6177 "Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
6178 "this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
6179 "nodes."
6180 msgstr ""
6181
6182 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6183 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6184 msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
6185 msgstr ""
6186
6187 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6188 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6189 msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
6190 msgstr ""
6191
6192 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6193 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6194 msgid ""
6195 "Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
6196 "<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
6197 msgstr ""
6198
6199 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6200 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6201 msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
6202 msgstr ""
6203
6204 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6205 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6206 msgid ""
6207 "The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
6208 "settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
6209 "override these defaults with a per-section setting."
6210 msgstr ""
6211
6212 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6213 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6214 msgid ""
6215 "Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
6216 "is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of: '.' (no "
6217 "compression), 'gzip' and 'bzip2'. The default for all compression schemes is "
6218 "'. gzip'."
6219 msgstr ""
6220
6221 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6222 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6223 msgid ""
6224 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files. This "
6225 "defaults to '.deb'."
6226 msgstr ""
6227
6228 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6229 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6230 msgid ""
6231 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6232 "controls the compression for the Sources files."
6233 msgstr ""
6234
6235 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6236 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6237 msgid ""
6238 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files. This "
6239 "defaults to '.dsc'."
6240 msgstr ""
6241
6242 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6243 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6244 msgid ""
6245 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6246 "controls the compression for the Contents files."
6247 msgstr ""
6248
6249 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6250 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6251 msgid ""
6252 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6253 "controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
6254 msgstr ""
6255
6256 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6257 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6258 msgid ""
6259 "Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
6260 "per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
6261 "<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
6262 msgstr ""
6263
6264 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6265 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6266 msgid ""
6267 "Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
6268 "index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
6269 msgstr ""
6270
6271 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6272 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6273 msgid ""
6274 "Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
6275 "<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
6276 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
6277 msgstr ""
6278
6279 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6280 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6281 msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
6282 msgstr ""
6283
6284 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6285 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6286 msgid ""
6287 "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
6288 "variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
6289 "$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
6290 msgstr ""
6291
6292 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6293 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6294 msgid ""
6295 "Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
6296 "day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
6297 "will all be rebuilt."
6298 msgstr ""
6299
6300 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6301 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6302 msgid ""
6303 "Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
6304 "changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
6305 "updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
6306 "that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
6307 "hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
6308 "new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
6309 msgstr ""
6310
6311 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6312 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6313 msgid ""
6314 "Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
6315 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
6316 msgstr ""
6317
6318 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6319 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6320 msgid ""
6321 "Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
6322 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
6323 msgstr ""
6324
6325 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6326 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6327 msgid ""
6328 "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
6329 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
6330 msgstr ""
6331
6332 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6333 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6334 msgid ""
6335 "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
6336 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
6337 msgstr ""
6338
6339 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6340 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6341 msgid ""
6342 "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
6343 "they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
6344 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
6345 msgstr ""
6346
6347 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6348 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6349 msgid ""
6350 "Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
6351 "instead of an external link. Defaults to "
6352 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
6353 msgstr ""
6354
6355 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6356 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6357 msgid ""
6358 "Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
6359 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
6360 "causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
6361 "default) then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
6362 "package files together automatically."
6363 msgstr ""
6364
6365 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6366 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6367 msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
6368 msgstr ""
6369
6370 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6371 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6372 msgid ""
6373 "Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
6374 "can share the same database."
6375 msgstr ""
6376
6377 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6378 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6379 msgid ""
6380 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6381 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6382 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
6383 msgstr ""
6384
6385 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6386 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6387 msgid ""
6388 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6389 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6390 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory. "
6391 "This is used when processing source indexes."
6392 msgstr ""
6393
6394 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6395 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6396 msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
6397 msgstr ""
6398
6399 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6400 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6401 msgid ""
6402 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
6403 "which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
6404 "directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
6405 "pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
6406 "variable."
6407 msgstr ""
6408
6409 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6410 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6411 msgid ""
6412 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
6413 "<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
6414 "path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>). Typically this is a "
6415 "setting such as <filename>dists/&stable-codename;</filename>."
6416 msgstr ""
6417
6418 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6419 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6420 msgid ""
6421 "All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
6422 "can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
6423 "variables."
6424 msgstr ""
6425
6426 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
6427 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6428 #, no-wrap
6429 msgid ""
6430 "for i in Sections do \n"
6431 " for j in Architectures do\n"
6432 " Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
6433 " "
6434 msgstr ""
6435
6436 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6437 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6438 msgid ""
6439 "When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
6440 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
6441 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6442 msgstr ""
6443
6444 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6445 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6446 msgid ""
6447 "This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
6448 "distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
6449 "non-free</literal>"
6450 msgstr ""
6451
6452 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6453 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6454 msgid ""
6455 "This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
6456 "search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
6457 "this tree has a source archive. The architecture 'all' signals that "
6458 "architecture specific files like <filename>Packages</filename> should not "
6459 "include information about architecture <literal>all</literal> packages in "
6460 "all files as they will be available in a dedicated file."
6461 msgstr ""
6462
6463 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6464 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6465 msgid ""
6466 "Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
6467 "and maintainer address information."
6468 msgstr ""
6469
6470 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6471 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6472 msgid ""
6473 "Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
6474 "information."
6475 msgstr ""
6476
6477 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6478 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6479 msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
6480 msgstr ""
6481
6482 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6483 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6484 msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
6485 msgstr ""
6486
6487 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6488 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6489 msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
6490 msgstr ""
6491
6492 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6493 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6494 msgid ""
6495 "The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
6496 "with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
6497 "binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
6498 "section with no substitution variables or "
6499 "<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
6500 msgstr ""
6501
6502 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6503 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6504 msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
6505 msgstr ""
6506
6507 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6508 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6509 msgid ""
6510 "Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
6511 "<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
6512 msgstr ""
6513
6514 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6515 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6516 msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
6517 msgstr ""
6518
6519 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6520 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6521 msgid "Sets the binary override file."
6522 msgstr ""
6523
6524 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6525 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6526 msgid "Sets the source override file."
6527 msgstr ""
6528
6529 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6530 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6531 msgid "Sets the cache DB."
6532 msgstr ""
6533
6534 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6535 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6536 msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
6537 msgstr ""
6538
6539 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6540 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6541 msgid "Specifies the file list file."
6542 msgstr ""
6543
6544 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6545 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6546 msgid "The Binary Override File"
6547 msgstr ""
6548
6549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6550 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6551 msgid ""
6552 "The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
6553 "contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
6554 "name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
6555 "section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
6556 "permutation field."
6557 msgstr ""
6558
6559 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6560 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6561 #, no-wrap
6562 msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
6563 msgstr ""
6564
6565 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6566 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6567 #, no-wrap
6568 msgid "new"
6569 msgstr ""
6570
6571 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6572 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6573 msgid ""
6574 "The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
6575 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
6576 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
6577 "separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
6578 "found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
6579 "unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
6580 msgstr ""
6581
6582 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6583 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6584 msgid "The Source Override File"
6585 msgstr ""
6586
6587 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6588 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6589 msgid ""
6590 "The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
6591 "contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
6592 "package name, the second is the section to assign it."
6593 msgstr ""
6594
6595 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6596 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6597 msgid "The Extra Override File"
6598 msgstr ""
6599
6600 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6601 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6602 msgid ""
6603 "The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
6604 "the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
6605 "the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
6606 msgstr ""
6607
6608 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6609 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6610 msgid ""
6611 "Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
6612 "the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible. "
6613 "Configuration Items: "
6614 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
6615 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
6616 "where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
6617 "<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
6618 "<literal>Release</literal> and "
6619 "<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
6620 "<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal>, <literal>SHA256</literal> "
6621 "or <literal>SHA512</literal>."
6622 msgstr ""
6623
6624 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6625 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6626 msgid ""
6627 "Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command. "
6628 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
6629 msgstr ""
6630
6631 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6632 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6633 msgid ""
6634 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
6635 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
6636 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
6637 "file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
6638 msgstr ""
6639
6640 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6641 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6642 msgid ""
6643 "Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
6644 "then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
6645 "and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuration "
6646 "Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
6647 msgstr ""
6648
6649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6650 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6651 msgid ""
6652 "Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
6653 "being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
6654 "and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
6655 "option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on. "
6656 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
6657 msgstr ""
6658
6659 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6660 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6661 msgid ""
6662 "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
6663 "command. Configuration Item: "
6664 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
6665 msgstr ""
6666
6667 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6668 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6669 msgid ""
6670 "Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: "
6671 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
6672 msgstr ""
6673
6674 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6675 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6676 msgid ""
6677 "Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
6678 "commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
6679 "<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
6680 "path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
6681 msgstr ""
6682
6683 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6684 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6685 msgid ""
6686 "&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
6687 "packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
6688 "will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
6689 "checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
6690 "as it will be checked if the file was changed. Note that this option is set "
6691 "to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
6692 "multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
6693 "theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
6694 "are useless."
6695 msgstr ""
6696
6697 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6698 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6699 msgid ""
6700 "This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
6701 "only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
6702 "&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
6703 "that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
6704 "in the generate command."
6705 msgstr ""
6706
6707 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
6708 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6709 #, no-wrap
6710 msgid ""
6711 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
6712 "<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
6713 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
6714 msgstr ""
6715
6716 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6717 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6718 msgid ""
6719 "To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
6720 "packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6721 msgstr ""
6722
6723 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6724 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6725 msgid ""
6726 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6727 "100 on error."
6728 msgstr ""
6729
6730 #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <book>
6731 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6732 msgid "en"
6733 msgstr ""
6734
6735 #. type: Content of: <book><title>
6736 #: guide.dbk:1
6737 msgid "APT User's Guide"
6738 msgstr ""
6739
6740 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><personname>
6741 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6742 msgid "Jason Gunthorpe"
6743 msgstr ""
6744
6745 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
6746 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6747 msgid "jgg@debian.org"
6748 msgstr ""
6749
6750 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
6751 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6752 msgid "Version &apt-product-version;"
6753 msgstr ""
6754
6755 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
6756 #: guide.dbk:1
6757 msgid ""
6758 "This document provides an overview of how to use the the APT package "
6759 "manager."
6760 msgstr ""
6761
6762 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
6763 #: guide.dbk:1
6764 msgid "<copyright><year>1998</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
6765 msgstr ""
6766
6767 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><title>
6768 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6769 msgid "License Notice"
6770 msgstr ""
6771
6772 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6773 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6774 msgid ""
6775 "\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
6776 "and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
6777 "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
6778 "or (at your option) any later version."
6779 msgstr ""
6780
6781 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6782 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6783 msgid ""
6784 "For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
6785 "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
6786 msgstr ""
6787
6788 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6789 #: guide.dbk:1
6790 msgid "General"
6791 msgstr ""
6792
6793 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6794 #: guide.dbk:1
6795 msgid ""
6796 "The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
6797 "<command>dselect</command> method and the <command>apt-get</command> command "
6798 "line user interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as "
6799 "well as download new packages from the Internet."
6800 msgstr ""
6801
6802 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
6803 #: guide.dbk:1
6804 msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
6805 msgstr ""
6806
6807 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6808 #: guide.dbk:1
6809 msgid ""
6810 "The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
6811 "with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
6812 "the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
6813 msgstr ""
6814
6815 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6816 #: guide.dbk:1
6817 msgid ""
6818 "The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
6819 "elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
6820 "used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
6821 "things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
6822 "in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
6823 msgstr ""
6824
6825 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6826 #: guide.dbk:1
6827 msgid ""
6828 "The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
6829 "concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
6830 "package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
6831 "properly."
6832 msgstr ""
6833
6834 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6835 #: guide.dbk:1
6836 msgid ""
6837 "For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
6838 "with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
6839 "simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
6840 "simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
6841 msgstr ""
6842
6843 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6844 #: guide.dbk:1
6845 msgid ""
6846 "The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
6847 "means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
6848 "may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
6849 "mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
6850 "have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
6851 "network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
6852 "system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
6853 "other mail transport agents."
6854 msgstr ""
6855
6856 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6857 #: guide.dbk:1
6858 msgid ""
6859 "As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
6860 "to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
6861 "identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
6862 "the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
6863 "mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
6864 "a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
6865 "depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
6866 "trying to manually fix packages."
6867 msgstr ""
6868
6869 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6870 #: guide.dbk:1
6871 msgid ""
6872 "At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
6873 "already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
6874 "issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
6875 "packages for installation."
6876 msgstr ""
6877
6878 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6879 #: guide.dbk:1
6880 msgid "apt-get"
6881 msgstr ""
6882
6883 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6884 #: guide.dbk:1
6885 msgid ""
6886 "<command>apt-get</command> provides a simple way to install packages from "
6887 "the command line. Unlike <command>dpkg</command>, <command>apt-get</command> "
6888 "does not understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and "
6889 "can only install .deb archives from a <emphasis>Source</emphasis>."
6890 msgstr ""
6891
6892 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
6893 #: guide.dbk:1
6894 msgid ""
6895 "If you are using an http proxy server you must set the http_proxy "
6896 "environment variable first, see sources.list(5)"
6897 msgstr ""
6898
6899 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6900 #: guide.dbk:1
6901 msgid ""
6902 "The first <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> thing that should be "
6903 "done before using <command>apt-get</command> is to fetch the package lists "
6904 "from the <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> so that it knows what packages are "
6905 "available. This is done with <literal>apt-get update</literal>. For "
6906 "instance,"
6907 msgstr ""
6908
6909 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
6910 #: guide.dbk:1
6911 #, no-wrap
6912 msgid ""
6913 "# apt-get update\n"
6914 "Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
6915 "Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
6916 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6917 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
6918 msgstr ""
6919
6920 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6921 #: guide.dbk:1
6922 msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
6923 msgstr ""
6924
6925 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6926 #: guide.dbk:1
6927 msgid "upgrade"
6928 msgstr ""
6929
6930 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6931 #: guide.dbk:1
6932 msgid ""
6933 "Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
6934 "install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
6935 "upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
6936 "used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
6937 "the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
6938 "on new packages or conflict with some other "
6939 "package. <command>dselect</command> or <literal>apt-get install</literal> "
6940 "can be used to force these packages to install."
6941 msgstr ""
6942
6943 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6944 #: guide.dbk:1
6945 msgid "install"
6946 msgstr ""
6947
6948 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6949 #: guide.dbk:1
6950 msgid ""
6951 "Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
6952 "fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
6953 "the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
6954 "number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
6955 "fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
6956 "the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
6957 "anything other than its arguments are changed."
6958 msgstr ""
6959
6960 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6961 #: guide.dbk:1
6962 msgid "dist-upgrade"
6963 msgstr ""
6964
6965 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6966 #: guide.dbk:1
6967 msgid ""
6968 "Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
6969 "releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
6970 "set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
6971 "to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
6972 "dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
6973 "<command>dselect</command>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
6974 "<command>dselect</command> can be used to install any packages that may have "
6975 "been left out."
6976 msgstr ""
6977
6978 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6979 #: guide.dbk:1
6980 msgid ""
6981 "It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
6982 "decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
6983 msgstr ""
6984
6985 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6986 #: guide.dbk:1
6987 msgid ""
6988 "<command>apt-get</command> has several command line options that are "
6989 "detailed in its man page, "
6990 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apt-get</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. "
6991 "The most useful option is <literal>-d</literal> which does not install the "
6992 "fetched files. If the system has to download a large number of package it "
6993 "would be undesired to start installing them in case something goes "
6994 "wrong. When <literal>-d</literal> is used the downloaded archives can be "
6995 "installed by simply running the command that caused them to be downloaded "
6996 "again without <literal>-d</literal>."
6997 msgstr ""
6998
6999 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7000 #: guide.dbk:1
7001 msgid "DSelect"
7002 msgstr ""
7003
7004 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7005 #: guide.dbk:1
7006 msgid ""
7007 "The APT <command>dselect</command> method provides the complete APT system "
7008 "with the <command>dselect</command> package selection "
7009 "GUI. <command>dselect</command> is used to select the packages to be "
7010 "installed or removed and APT actually installs them."
7011 msgstr ""
7012
7013 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7014 #: guide.dbk:1
7015 msgid ""
7016 "To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in "
7017 "<command>dselect</command> and then choose the APT method. You will be "
7018 "prompted for a set of <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> which are places to fetch "
7019 "archives from. These can be remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or "
7020 "CD-ROMs. Each source can provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT "
7021 "will automatically combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you "
7022 "have a CD-ROM then it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a "
7023 "mirror so that you have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will "
7024 "automatically use packages on your CD-ROM before downloading from the "
7025 "Internet."
7026 msgstr ""
7027
7028 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7029 #: guide.dbk:1
7030 #, no-wrap
7031 msgid ""
7032 " Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
7033 "\n"
7034 " Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
7035 " The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
7036 "\n"
7037 " For example:\n"
7038 " file:/mnt/debian,\n"
7039 " ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
7040 " http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
7041 "\n"
7042 "\n"
7043 " URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:\n"
7044 msgstr ""
7045
7046 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7047 #: guide.dbk:1
7048 msgid ""
7049 "The <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> setup starts by asking for the base of the "
7050 "Debian archive, defaulting to a HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the "
7051 "distribution to get."
7052 msgstr ""
7053
7054 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7055 #: guide.dbk:1
7056 #, no-wrap
7057 msgid ""
7058 " Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
7059 " package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
7060 " tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
7061 "\n"
7062 " Distribution [stable]:\n"
7063 msgstr ""
7064
7065 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7066 #: guide.dbk:1
7067 msgid ""
7068 "The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
7069 "<emphasis>stable</emphasis> refers to the latest released version and "
7070 "<emphasis>unstable</emphasis> refers to the developmental "
7071 "version. <emphasis>non-US</emphasis> is only available on some mirrors and "
7072 "refers to packages that contain encryption technology or other things that "
7073 "cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these packages into the "
7074 "US is legal however."
7075 msgstr ""
7076
7077 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7078 #: guide.dbk:1
7079 #, no-wrap
7080 msgid ""
7081 " Please give the components to get\n"
7082 " The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
7083 "\n"
7084 " Components [main contrib non-free]:\n"
7085 msgstr ""
7086
7087 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7088 #: guide.dbk:1
7089 msgid ""
7090 "The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
7091 "distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
7092 "packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
7093 "restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
7094 msgstr ""
7095
7096 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7097 #: guide.dbk:1
7098 msgid ""
7099 "Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
7100 "until you have specified all that you want."
7101 msgstr ""
7102
7103 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7104 #: guide.dbk:1
7105 msgid ""
7106 "Before starting to use <command>dselect</command> it is necessary to update "
7107 "the available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset "
7108 "of <literal>apt-get update</literal> that makes the fetched information "
7109 "available to <command>dselect</command>. [U]pdate must be performed even if "
7110 "<literal>apt-get update</literal> has been run before."
7111 msgstr ""
7112
7113 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7114 #: guide.dbk:1
7115 msgid ""
7116 "You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
7117 "the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
7118 "[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
7119 "them together."
7120 msgstr ""
7121
7122 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7123 #: guide.dbk:1
7124 msgid ""
7125 "By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
7126 "have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
7127 "<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
7128 msgstr ""
7129
7130 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7131 #: guide.dbk:1
7132 msgid "The Interface"
7133 msgstr ""
7134
7135 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
7136 #: guide.dbk:1
7137 msgid ""
7138 "The <command>dselect</command> method actually is a set of wrapper scripts "
7139 "to <command>apt-get</command>. The method actually provides more "
7140 "functionality than is present in <command>apt-get</command> alone."
7141 msgstr ""
7142
7143 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7144 #: guide.dbk:1
7145 msgid ""
7146 "Both that APT <command>dselect</command> method and "
7147 "<command>apt-get</command> share the same interface. It is a simple system "
7148 "that generally tells you what it will do and then goes and does "
7149 "it. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> After printing out a summary "
7150 "of what will happen APT then will print out some informative status messages "
7151 "so that you can estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
7152 msgstr ""
7153
7154 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7155 #: guide.dbk:1
7156 msgid "Startup"
7157 msgstr ""
7158
7159 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7160 #: guide.dbk:1
7161 msgid ""
7162 "Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
7163 "prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
7164 "state. At any time these operations can be performed by running "
7165 "<literal>apt-get check</literal>."
7166 msgstr ""
7167
7168 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7169 #: guide.dbk:1
7170 #, no-wrap
7171 msgid ""
7172 "# apt-get check\n"
7173 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7174 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7175 msgstr ""
7176
7177 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7178 #: guide.dbk:1
7179 msgid ""
7180 "The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
7181 "a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
7182 "run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
7183 "and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
7184 msgstr ""
7185
7186 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7187 #: guide.dbk:1
7188 msgid ""
7189 "The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
7190 "dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
7191 "package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
7192 "will be printed out and <command>apt-get</command> will refuse to run."
7193 msgstr ""
7194
7195 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7196 #: guide.dbk:1
7197 #, no-wrap
7198 msgid ""
7199 "# apt-get check\n"
7200 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7201 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7202 "You might want to run apt-get -f install' to correct these.\n"
7203 "Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
7204 " 9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
7205 " uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
7206 " blast: Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
7207 " adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
7208 " aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
7209 " debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
7210 " bash-builtins: Depends: bash (&gt;= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
7211 " cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
7212 " Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
7213 " libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (&lt;&lt; 2.1-2.1)\n"
7214 msgstr ""
7215
7216 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7217 #: guide.dbk:1
7218 msgid ""
7219 "In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
7220 "with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
7221 "printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
7222 "that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
7223 "problem is also included."
7224 msgstr ""
7225
7226 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para><footnote><para>
7227 #: guide.dbk:1
7228 msgid ""
7229 "APT however considers all known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
7230 "packages"
7231 msgstr ""
7232
7233 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7234 #: guide.dbk:1
7235 msgid ""
7236 "There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
7237 "is caused by <command>dpkg</command> missing some subtle relationships "
7238 "between packages when performing upgrades. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
7239 "id=\"0\"/>. The second is if a package installation fails during an "
7240 "operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked without its "
7241 "dependents being installed."
7242 msgstr ""
7243
7244 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7245 #: guide.dbk:1
7246 msgid ""
7247 "The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
7248 "certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
7249 "supplying the <literal>-f</literal> option to <command>apt-get</command> "
7250 "will cause APT to deduce a possible solution to the problem and then "
7251 "continue on. The APT <command>dselect</command> method always supplies the "
7252 "<literal>-f</literal> option to allow for easy continuation of failed "
7253 "maintainer scripts."
7254 msgstr ""
7255
7256 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7257 #: guide.dbk:1
7258 msgid ""
7259 "However, if the <literal>-f</literal> option is used to correct a seriously "
7260 "broken system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will "
7261 "either fail immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either "
7262 "case it is necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to "
7263 "correct the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
7264 msgstr ""
7265
7266 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7267 #: guide.dbk:1
7268 msgid "The Status Report"
7269 msgstr ""
7270
7271 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7272 #: guide.dbk:1
7273 msgid ""
7274 "Before proceeding <command>apt-get</command> will present a report on what "
7275 "will happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being "
7276 "performed but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists "
7277 "reflect the final state of things, taking into account the "
7278 "<literal>-f</literal> option and any other relevant activities to the "
7279 "command being executed."
7280 msgstr ""
7281
7282 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7283 #: guide.dbk:1
7284 msgid "The Extra Package list"
7285 msgstr ""
7286
7287 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7288 #: guide.dbk:1
7289 #, no-wrap
7290 msgid ""
7291 "The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
7292 " libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
7293 " mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
7294 " bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
7295 " squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
7296 " ssh\n"
7297 msgstr ""
7298
7299 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7300 #: guide.dbk:1
7301 msgid ""
7302 "The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
7303 "upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
7304 "generated for an <literal>install</literal> command. The listed packages are "
7305 "often the result of an Auto Install."
7306 msgstr ""
7307
7308 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7309 #: guide.dbk:1
7310 msgid "The Packages to Remove"
7311 msgstr ""
7312
7313 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7314 #: guide.dbk:1
7315 #, no-wrap
7316 msgid ""
7317 "The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
7318 " xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
7319 " xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
7320 " xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
7321 " nas xpilot xfig\n"
7322 msgstr ""
7323
7324 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7325 #: guide.dbk:1
7326 msgid ""
7327 "The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
7328 "from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
7329 "given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
7330 "off. The <literal>-f</literal> option is especially good at generating "
7331 "packages to remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may "
7332 "contain packages that are going to be removed because they are only "
7333 "partially installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
7334 msgstr ""
7335
7336 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7337 #: guide.dbk:1
7338 msgid "The New Packages list"
7339 msgstr ""
7340
7341 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7342 #: guide.dbk:1
7343 #, no-wrap
7344 msgid ""
7345 "The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
7346 " zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base\n"
7347 msgstr ""
7348
7349 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7350 #: guide.dbk:1
7351 msgid ""
7352 "The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
7353 "listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
7354 "done."
7355 msgstr ""
7356
7357 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7358 #: guide.dbk:1
7359 msgid "The Kept Back list"
7360 msgstr ""
7361
7362 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7363 #: guide.dbk:1
7364 #, no-wrap
7365 msgid ""
7366 "The following packages have been kept back\n"
7367 " compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
7368 " gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver\n"
7369 msgstr ""
7370
7371 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7372 #: guide.dbk:1
7373 msgid ""
7374 "Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
7375 "new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
7376 "or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
7377 "appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
7378 "to install is with <literal>apt-get install</literal> or by using "
7379 "<command>dselect</command> to resolve their problems."
7380 msgstr ""
7381
7382 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7383 #: guide.dbk:1
7384 msgid "Held Packages warning"
7385 msgstr ""
7386
7387 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7388 #: guide.dbk:1
7389 #, no-wrap
7390 msgid ""
7391 "The following held packages will be changed:\n"
7392 " cvs\n"
7393 msgstr ""
7394
7395 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7396 #: guide.dbk:1
7397 msgid ""
7398 "Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
7399 "case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
7400 "changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
7401 msgstr ""
7402
7403 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7404 #: guide.dbk:1
7405 msgid "Final summary"
7406 msgstr ""
7407
7408 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7409 #: guide.dbk:1
7410 msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
7411 msgstr ""
7412
7413 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7414 #: guide.dbk:1
7415 #, no-wrap
7416 msgid ""
7417 "206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
7418 "upgraded.\n"
7419 "12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
7420 "Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used.\n"
7421 msgstr ""
7422
7423 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7424 #: guide.dbk:1
7425 msgid ""
7426 "The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
7427 "lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
7428 "installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
7429 "number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
7430 "installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
7431 "installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
7432 "archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
7433 "fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
7434 "the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
7435 "the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
7436 "roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
7437 "done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
7438 "indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
7439 msgstr ""
7440
7441 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7442 #: guide.dbk:1
7443 msgid ""
7444 "Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
7445 "to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
7446 msgstr ""
7447
7448 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7449 #: guide.dbk:1
7450 msgid "The Status Display"
7451 msgstr ""
7452
7453 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7454 #: guide.dbk:1
7455 msgid ""
7456 "During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
7457 "status messages."
7458 msgstr ""
7459
7460 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7461 #: guide.dbk:1
7462 #, no-wrap
7463 msgid ""
7464 "# apt-get update\n"
7465 "Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
7466 "Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
7467 "Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
7468 "Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
7469 "Packages\n"
7470 "Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
7471 "11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s\n"
7472 msgstr ""
7473
7474 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7475 #: guide.dbk:1
7476 msgid ""
7477 "The lines starting with <emphasis>Get</emphasis> are printed out when APT "
7478 "begins to fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the "
7479 "download. The first percent value on the progress line indicates the total "
7480 "percent done of all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files "
7481 "is unknown <literal>apt-get update</literal> estimates the percent done "
7482 "which causes some inaccuracies."
7483 msgstr ""
7484
7485 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7486 #: guide.dbk:1
7487 msgid ""
7488 "The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
7489 "thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
7490 "information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
7491 "<emphasis>Forking</emphasis> which means the OS is loading the download "
7492 "module. The first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the "
7493 "history lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
7494 "downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
7495 "being fetched."
7496 msgstr ""
7497
7498 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7499 #: guide.dbk:1
7500 msgid ""
7501 "Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
7502 "of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
7503 "<emphasis>Connecting</emphasis> to <emphasis>Waiting for file</emphasis> to "
7504 "<emphasis>Downloading</emphasis> or <emphasis>Resuming</emphasis>. The final "
7505 "value is the number of bytes downloaded from the remote site. Once the "
7506 "download begins this is represented as <literal>102/10.2k</literal> "
7507 "indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 kilobytes is "
7508 "expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation to preserve "
7509 "space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file itself. The "
7510 "second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This values is "
7511 "updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for that "
7512 "period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
7513 "regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
7514 "rate."
7515 msgstr ""
7516
7517 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7518 #: guide.dbk:1
7519 msgid ""
7520 "The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
7521 "on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
7522 "is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
7523 "for logging to a file, use the <literal>-q</literal> option to remove the "
7524 "status display."
7525 msgstr ""
7526
7527 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7528 #: guide.dbk:1
7529 msgid "Dpkg"
7530 msgstr ""
7531
7532 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7533 #: guide.dbk:1
7534 msgid ""
7535 "APT uses <command>dpkg</command> for installing the archives and will switch "
7536 "over to the <command>dpkg</command> interface once downloading is "
7537 "completed. <command>dpkg</command> will also ask a number of questions as it "
7538 "processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
7539 "questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
7540 "asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
7541 msgstr ""
7542
7543 #. type: Content of: <book><title>
7544 #: offline.dbk:1
7545 msgid "Using APT Offline"
7546 msgstr ""
7547
7548 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
7549 #: offline.dbk:1
7550 msgid ""
7551 "This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
7552 "specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
7553 msgstr ""
7554
7555 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
7556 #: offline.dbk:1
7557 msgid "<copyright><year>1999</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
7558 msgstr ""
7559
7560 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7561 #: offline.dbk:1
7562 msgid "Introduction"
7563 msgstr ""
7564
7565 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7566 #: offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
7567 msgid "Overview"
7568 msgstr ""
7569
7570 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7571 #: offline.dbk:1
7572 msgid ""
7573 "Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
7574 "media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
7575 "machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
7576 "fast connection but they are physically distant."
7577 msgstr ""
7578
7579 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7580 #: offline.dbk:1
7581 msgid ""
7582 "The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
7583 "SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
7584 "archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
7585 "to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
7586 "them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
7587 "possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
7588 "different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <emphasis>remote "
7589 "host</emphasis> mean the machine downloading the packages, and "
7590 "<emphasis>target host</emphasis> the one with bad or no connection."
7591 msgstr ""
7592
7593 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7594 #: offline.dbk:1
7595 msgid ""
7596 "This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
7597 "essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
7598 "that the disc should be formatted with a filesystem that can handle long "
7599 "file names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
7600 msgstr ""
7601
7602 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7603 #: offline.dbk:1
7604 msgid "Using APT on both machines"
7605 msgstr ""
7606
7607 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7608 #: offline.dbk:1
7609 msgid ""
7610 "APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
7611 "basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
7612 "remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
7613 "to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
7614 msgstr ""
7615
7616 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7617 #: offline.dbk:1
7618 #, no-wrap
7619 msgid ""
7620 " /disc/\n"
7621 " archives/\n"
7622 " partial/\n"
7623 " lists/\n"
7624 " partial/\n"
7625 " status\n"
7626 " sources.list\n"
7627 " apt.conf\n"
7628 msgstr ""
7629
7630 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7631 #: offline.dbk:1
7632 msgid "The configuration file"
7633 msgstr ""
7634
7635 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7636 #: offline.dbk:1
7637 msgid ""
7638 "The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
7639 "use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
7640 "contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
7641 "the status file should be a copy of "
7642 "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> from the <emphasis>target "
7643 "host</emphasis>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must use "
7644 "copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
7645 msgstr ""
7646
7647 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7648 #: offline.dbk:1
7649 msgid ""
7650 "<emphasis>apt.conf</emphasis> must contain the necessary information to make "
7651 "APT use the disc:"
7652 msgstr ""
7653
7654 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7655 #: offline.dbk:1
7656 #, no-wrap
7657 msgid ""
7658 " APT\n"
7659 " {\n"
7660 " /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
7661 "tells\n"
7662 " the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
7663 " Architecture \"i386\";\n"
7664 "\n"
7665 " Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
7666 " };\n"
7667 "\n"
7668 " Dir\n"
7669 " {\n"
7670 " /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
7671 " the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
7672 " State \"/disc/\";\n"
7673 " State::status \"status\";\n"
7674 "\n"
7675 " // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
7676 " Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
7677 " Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
7678 "\n"
7679 " // Location of the source list.\n"
7680 " Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
7681 " };\n"
7682 msgstr ""
7683
7684 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7685 #: offline.dbk:1
7686 msgid ""
7687 "More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
7688 "configuration file in "
7689 "<emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</emphasis>."
7690 msgstr ""
7691
7692 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7693 #: offline.dbk:1
7694 msgid ""
7695 "On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
7696 "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> to it. You will also need to "
7697 "create the directories outlined in the Overview, "
7698 "<emphasis>archives/partial/</emphasis> and "
7699 "<emphasis>lists/partial/</emphasis>. Then take the disc to the remote "
7700 "machine and configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the "
7701 "following:"
7702 msgstr ""
7703
7704 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7705 #: offline.dbk:1
7706 #, no-wrap
7707 msgid ""
7708 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7709 " # apt-get update\n"
7710 " [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
7711 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7712 " [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]\n"
7713 msgstr ""
7714
7715 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7716 #: offline.dbk:1
7717 msgid ""
7718 "The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
7719 "commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
7720 "such as <emphasis>dselect</emphasis>. However this presents a problem in "
7721 "communicating your selections back to the local computer."
7722 msgstr ""
7723
7724 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7725 #: offline.dbk:1
7726 msgid ""
7727 "Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
7728 "the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
7729 msgstr ""
7730
7731 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7732 #: offline.dbk:1
7733 #, no-wrap
7734 msgid ""
7735 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7736 " # apt-get check\n"
7737 " [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
7738 " # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
7739 " [ Or any other APT command ]\n"
7740 msgstr ""
7741
7742 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7743 #: offline.dbk:1
7744 msgid ""
7745 "It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
7746 "local one. This is very important!"
7747 msgstr ""
7748
7749 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7750 #: offline.dbk:1
7751 msgid ""
7752 "If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
7753 "disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
7754 "remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
7755 "selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
7756 "NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
7757 msgstr ""
7758
7759 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7760 #: offline.dbk:1
7761 msgid "Using APT and wget"
7762 msgstr ""
7763
7764 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7765 #: offline.dbk:1
7766 msgid ""
7767 "<emphasis>wget</emphasis> is a popular and portable download tool that can "
7768 "run on nearly any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the "
7769 "Debian machine already has a list of available packages."
7770 msgstr ""
7771
7772 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7773 #: offline.dbk:1
7774 msgid ""
7775 "The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
7776 "downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
7777 "option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
7778 "packages."
7779 msgstr ""
7780
7781 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7782 #: offline.dbk:1
7783 msgid "Operation"
7784 msgstr ""
7785
7786 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7787 #: offline.dbk:1
7788 msgid ""
7789 "Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
7790 "required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
7791 msgstr ""
7792
7793 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7794 #: offline.dbk:1
7795 #, no-wrap
7796 msgid ""
7797 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7798 " [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
7799 " # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade &gt; uris\n"
7800 " # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' &lt; uris &gt; /disc/wget-script\n"
7801 msgstr ""
7802
7803 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7804 #: offline.dbk:1
7805 msgid ""
7806 "Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
7807 "dselect-upgrade."
7808 msgstr ""
7809
7810 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7811 #: offline.dbk:1
7812 msgid ""
7813 "The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
7814 "execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
7815 "with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
7816 "output on the disc."
7817 msgstr ""
7818
7819 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7820 #: offline.dbk:1
7821 msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
7822 msgstr ""
7823
7824 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7825 #: offline.dbk:1
7826 #, no-wrap
7827 msgid ""
7828 " # cd /disc\n"
7829 " # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
7830 " [ wait.. ]\n"
7831 msgstr ""
7832
7833 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7834 #: offline.dbk:1
7835 msgid ""
7836 "Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
7837 "installation can proceed using,"
7838 msgstr ""
7839
7840 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7841 #: offline.dbk:1
7842 #, no-wrap
7843 msgid " # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade\n"
7844 msgstr ""
7845
7846 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7847 #: offline.dbk:1
7848 msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
7849 msgstr ""